425
2

Apuntes Ingles

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Apuntes Ingles

2

agus
Typewritten Text
agus
Typewritten Text
GRAMÁTICA INGLESA
agus
Typewritten Text
agus
Typewritten Text
Page 2: Apuntes Ingles

15

TO BE • El verbo to be significa “ser” o “estar”. Comparte con to do y to have la

caractereristica de ayudar a formar otros tiempos verbales, por eso se le denomina verbo auxiliar. Puede contraer con sujetos, demostrativos y también con: who, where, how, etc.

I’m Peter.

Peter’s here.

That’s Manoli.

Who’s that girl?

Yo soy Pedro.

Pedro está aquí.

Esa es Manoli.

¿Quién es esa chica?

• Las contracciones se suelen usar en las conversaciones. • Interviene en la formación de los tiempos continuos o progresivos. • Las formas negativas las hace añadiendo not y las interrogativas por medio de la

inversión, es decir, poniendo primero el verbo y luego el sujeto. Esta estructura la comparte con el verbo to havecuano indica posesión y con los verbos modales.

PRESENTE PASADO

FUTURO

I am/I'm. Yo soy o yo estoy.

I was. Yo era o yo estaba.

I will/ shall be. Yo seré o yo estaré.

You are/you're.

You were. You will be.

He is/he's.

He was. He will be.

She is/she's

She was. She will be.

It is/it's.

It was. It will be.

We are/we're.

We were. We will/ shall be.

You are/you're.

You were. You will be.

They are/they're.

They were. They will be.

Are not contrae en aren’t. Is not contrae en isn’t.

Was not contrae en wasn’t Were not contrae en weren’t

La contracción es ‘ l l . Will not contrae en won’t. Shall not contrae en shan’t.

Page 3: Apuntes Ingles

16

Are you from Elda?

He is not from Elche

Were they in the cinema?

¿Eres de Elda?

Él no es de Elche.

¿Estaban ellos en el cine?

PRINCIPALES USOS Para preguntar la edad. How old are you?

¿Qué edad tienes? I am forty. Tengo cuarenta años.

Indicar la profesión. I am a teacher. Soy profesor.

La ideología. He is a socialist. El es socialista.

El credo religioso. He is a catholic. El es católico.

Formar los tiempos continuos. I am writing with a computer. Estoy escribiendo con un ordenador. I was swimming yesterday. Estuve nadando ayer. I will be walking on the beach. Estaré caminando por la playa.

La formación de la voz pasiva. The book was written by Emilio. Este libro lo escribió Emilio. Este libro fue escrito por Emilio.

Para medidas. I am six feet tall. Mido seis pies.

How big is the town? ¿Cómo es de grande el pueblo? It is quite big. Es bastante grande.

How wide is the river Vinalopó?

Page 4: Apuntes Ingles

17

¿Qué anchura tiene el río Vinalopó? It is 200 metres wide. Tiene 200 metros de ancho.

How high is Bolón? ¿Qué altura tiene Bolón? It is nearly 1.000 metres high. Tiene casi 1.000 metros de altura.

How small is an atom? ¿Cómo es un átomo de pequeño? It is very small Es muy pequeño.

Indica tallas. I am size 8. Gasto la talla 8

Con adjetivos. I am happy and you are right. Yo estoy contento y tú tienes razón.

Unido a: Where (¿Dónde?) What (¿Qué?) Who (¿Quién?) Why, (¿Por qué?) etc,

Where’s the boy? ¿Dónde está el niño? When’s your birthday? ¿Cuándo es tu cumpleaños?

Con ciertas expresiones. I am right. Tengo razón. I am cold. Tengo frío.

Contrae con demostrativos y adverbios. That’s right. Así es. How’s that? ¿Cómo es eso?

Page 5: Apuntes Ingles

18

1) I ......................sure I will. a - Am b - Are c - Is

2) I ................a teacher. a - Am b - Is c - Are

3) Camara.......in Elda. a - Is b - Are c - Am

4) Where...........you from? a - Is b - Are c - Am

5) How old ........you? a - Is b - Are c - Am

6) It.........hot today. a - Is b - Am c - Are

7) It.......a telephone. a - Am b - Are c - Is

8) They........students. a - Is b - Am c - Are

9) This dog.......................white. a - Am b - Is c - Are

10) The houses.........old. a - Am b - Is c - Are

11) ........these books interesting? a - Is b - Are c - Am

Page 6: Apuntes Ingles

19

12) What........those people doing? a - Is b - Am c - Are

13) The baby.......eating the food. a - Am b - Is c - Are

14) The window........open. a - Am b - Is c - Are

15) Cats.........black or white. a - Is b - Are c - Am

16) Don't .............cheeky. a - Be b - Have c - Do

17) How old are you? I................ a - Have 20 years b - Am 20 years c - Have 20 years

18) That is Mr. Pedro Civera. How .................he? a - Old is b - Many years is c - Many years has

19) He ............in Madrid last week. a - Was b - Were c - Be

20) ......they in the same class as you at Azorín High School? a - Was b - Were c - Be

21) Yes, they........interesting books. a - Is b - Are c - Am

22) Manolo.......a boy. a - Am b - Is c - Are

23) I...........a teacher.

Page 7: Apuntes Ingles

20

a - Is b - Am c - Are

24) Manuela.......tall. a - Am b - Are c - Is

25) The tables........not small. a - Is b - Am c - Are

26) ........the Plaza Mayor very big? a - Am b - Is c - Are

27) You.........the limit. a - Are b - Is c - Am

28) I .................... tal l . a - Is b - Am c - Are

29) My friends..........very nice. a - Am b - Is c - Are

30) Horacio ......in Elche. a - Am b - Is c - Are

31) Juan Carlos and Clemente........friends. a - Am b - Is c - Are

32) She.........36 years old. a - Are b - Is c - Am

33) My sister.......happy. a - Am b - Is c - Are

34) What......your name? a - Is

Page 8: Apuntes Ingles

21

b - Am c - Are

35) How.............you? a - Am b - Is c - Are

36) Elda........in Alicante. a - Is b - Are c - Am

37) My name........Pedro. a - Am b - Is c - Are

38) I.........in the classroom. a - Am b - Is c - Are

39) Jose Pérez ....................a mechanic. a - Is b - Are c - Am

40) My mother ..................very good. a - Is b - Am c - Are

41) You..................... tal l. a - Is b - Are c - Am

Page 9: Apuntes Ingles

22

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. C 11. B 12. C 13. B 14. B 15. B 16. A 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. B 21. B 22. B 23. B 24. C 25. C 26. B 27. A 28. B 29. C 30. B 31. C 32. B 33. B 34. A 35. C 36. A 37. B 38. A 39. A 40. A 41. B

Page 10: Apuntes Ingles

23

TO HAVE • Se traduce por tener. Puede ir acompañado de la partícula “got”. No se produce

alteración del significado si aparece o no, pero cuando aparece el verbo puede ir contraido. Tampoco se usa en las respuestas breves.

PRESENTE PASADO

FUTURO

I have/l've. To tengo.

I had. Yo tuve o yo tenía.

I will have. Yo tendré.

You have/you've. You had.

You will have.

He has/he's. He had.

He will have.

She has/she's. She had.

She will have.

It has/it's. It had.

It will have.

We have/we've. We had.

We will have.

You have/you've. You had.

You will have.

They have/they've. They had.

They will have.

Have + not contrae en haven’t. Has + not contrae en hasn’t.

Had + not contrae en hadn’t.

I have a car. Tengo un coche. I have got a car. Tengo un coche.

PRINCIPALES USOS

Indicar posesión. I have a white car. Tengo un coche blanco. I have got a white car. Tengo un coche blanco.

Puede indicar otro tipo de actividades. Ingestión de alimentos tanto sólidos como

I have breakfast at 7:45. Desayuno a las 7:45.

Page 11: Apuntes Ingles

24

líquidos. I have a drink on Friday. Me tomo una copa los viernes.

Otros. I have a bath and my wife has a shower. Yo me baño y mi mujer se ducha. We have a walk on Sunday. Damos un paseo los domingos. We had a good time there. Lo pasamos muy bien allí.

Construcción de tiempos perfectos. I have been in New York. He estado en Nueva York. I have had a headache. He tenido un dolor de cabeza. I will have gone to Madrid. Habré ido a Madrid.

Obligación. I have to go to Alicante tomorrow. Tengo que ir a Alicante mañana.

Combinado con better indica consejo. La contracción es You’d better.

You had better buy a new pair of shoes. Sería mejor que te comprases un par de zapatos.

La construcción causativo have, se utiliza cuando alguien hace algún servicio para nosotros.

I’m going to have my hair cut. Me voy a cortar el pelo.

• Con el significado de tener puede tener dos modos de hacer la forma interrogativa.

La segunda es más usada en inglés americano. Have you got a car? ¿Tienes un coche? Do you have a car? ¿Tienes un coche? • Utiliza de igual modo “do” para hacer la interrogativa cuando hace referencia a

usos idiomáticos. Did you have a bath? ¿Te bañaste?

Page 12: Apuntes Ingles

25

1) I..........a white car. a - Have b - Has c - Is

2) Mary.........a German boyfriend. a - Has b - Have c - Are

3) We .....................a nice park near Sagasta Sqaure. a - Has b - Have c - Is

4) My flat.......................seven rooms. a - Has b - Have c - Having

5) My sister ...................a white car. a - Has b - Have c - Haveen

6) Pepita ........three daughters. a - Has b - Haave c - Having

7) My mother .......a lot of pictures. a - Have b - Has c - Having

8) Susana.......two cars. a - Is b - Have c - Has

9) Mr and Mrs García ........a house on the beach. a - Has b - Have c - Haveing

10) You..................two dictionaries. a - Has b - Have c - Jaf

11) My sister.....a new TV set and a DVD player. a - Has b - Have c - Having

12) Elda......................six parks.

Page 13: Apuntes Ingles

26

a - Have b - Has c - Having

13) ......................she got a boyfriend? a - Has b - Have c - To have

14) We ......................three cinemas in Plaza Mayor. a - Has b - Have c - Haven

15) Manuela ..............a cat. a - Have b - Has c - Having

16) I........................to go to Madrid last month. a - Have b - Had c - Must

17) Hey...........a look, Rocio Jurado is there with her husband. a - Have b - Take c - Put

18) I 'd rather ..............paella than gazpachos. a - Have b - Has c - Had

19) "Do you have " a car and "Have you got a car " are: a - The same b - Not the same c - It depends

20) I ................................a headache. a - Has b - Have c - Is

21) She.................got a cold. a - Is b - Have c - Has

Page 14: Apuntes Ingles

27

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. B 11. A 12. B 13. A 14. B 15. B 16. B 17. A 18. A 19. A 20. B 21. C

Page 15: Apuntes Ingles

28

TO DO Se traduce por hacer. En presente tiene dos formas, “do” y “does”, esta última se usa en la Tercera Persona del Singular (He, she, it). La forma del pasado es “did”. Todas se usan como auxiliares para la forma interrogativa y la negativa del presente y del pasado simple de los verbos no modales. Recuerda que siempre que aparezcan, el verbo irá en infinitivo.

PRESENTE PASADO

FUTURO

I do. Yo hago.

I did. Yo hice.

I will do. Yo haré.

You do. You did.

You will do.

He does. He did.

He will do.

She does. She did.

She will do.

It does. It did.

It will do.

We do. We did.

We will do.

You do. You did.

You will do.

They do. They did.

They will do.

Do not contrae en don’t. Does not contrae en doesn’t.

Did not contrae en didn’t. Will not do contrae en won’t do.

PRESENTE

PASADO

Construir las formas negativas.

He doesn’t eat meat. No come carne. I don’t want to go to the cinema. No quiero ir al cine.

I didn’t go to the cinema. Yo no fui al cine.

Construir las formas interrogativas.

Do you love her? ¿La quieres? Does he speak Valenciano? ¿Habla valenciano?

Did you go to England? ¿Fuiste a Inglaterra?

Page 16: Apuntes Ingles

29

Tiene también un uso enfático.

He does love running. Le encanta correr.

He did say what he wanted to say. Dijo lo que quería decir.

PRINCIPALES USOS

Otros usos idiomáticos. I did the shopping in Carrefour. Hice la compra en Carrefour. I do the washing up every night. Friego los platos cada noche. I never do the cleaning. Nunca hago la limpieza. Sometimes I do the cooking. A veces cocino. She hates doing the ironing. Ella odia planchar.

Con la expresión “Yo también”.

- I like María Callas. Me gusta María Callas. -So do I. Y a mí también.

Con la expresión “Yo tampoco”. I don’t smoke. Yo no fumo. Neither do I. Yo tampoco.

Page 17: Apuntes Ingles

30

LOS PRONOMBRES Y ADJETIVOS • En inglés se hace necesario usar los pronombres personales, ya que de no hacerlo y

usar sólo la forma verbal existiría ambigüedad. En el ejemplo: Go to London, no sabríamos quién va, podría ser yo, tú, nosotros, nosotras, vosotros, vosotras, ellos o ellas.

• En castellano no pasa lo mismo. Si decimos Vamos a Alicante, las desinencias

verbales nos sacan de dudas. Está claro que somos nosotros. PRONOMBRES PERSONALES

SUJETO

PRONOMBRES PERSONALES

COMPLEMENTO

ADJETIVOS POSESIVOS

PRONOMBRES POSESIVOS

PRONOMBRES REFLEXIVOS

I . Yo.

Me. A mí, me. My. Mi. Mine. El mío. Myself. Me.

You . Tú.

You. A ti, te. Your. Tu. Yours. El tuyo. Yourself. Te.

He. Él.

Him. A él, le. His. Su de él. His. El suyo. (de él).

Himself. Se.

She. Ella. Her. A ella, le. Her. Su de ella.

Hers. El suyo. (de ella).

Herself. Se.

It. Ello.

I t. A ello, le. I t. Su de ello. Its. El suyo. (de ello).

Itself. Se.

We. Nosotros o nosostras.

Us. A nosotros, a nosotras, nos.

Our. Nuestro, nuestra.

Ours. El nuestro.

Ourselves. Nos.

You .Vosotros o vosotras.

You. A vosotros, a vosotras, os.

Your. Vuestro, vuestra.

Yours. El vuestro.

Yourselves. Os.

They. Ellos o ellas.

Them. A ellos, a ellas, les.

Their. Su de ellos, su de ellas.

Theirs. El suyo. Themselves. Se.

• Los pronombres personales pueden funcionar dentro de la frase como sujetos o

complementos

SUJETO

COMPLEMENTO

Ella es alta.

Dale esto a ella.

You are a teacher.

This is for you.

• “I” siempre se escribe con mayúscula. • “You” se puede traducir por Tú, Vd, vosotros, vosotras y Vds.

Page 18: Apuntes Ingles

31

• “You” e “it” tienen la misma forma como sujetos que como complementos. You are young. Tú eres joven. I love you. Te quiero. • No utilizan preposición delante del objeto indirecto, pero sí, si sigue al Objeto

Directo. She gave me a kiss. Ella me dio un beso. She gave a kiss to me. Ella me dio un beso a mí. • El complemento Indirecto sin to se coloca delante del Complemento Directo I gave Sarah a kiss. Yo le di a Sara un beso. • El Complemento indirecto con to se coloca detrás del Complemento Directo I gave a kiss to Inma. Le di un beso a Inma. • It se usa generalmente para cosas y a veces también para bebés. Look at the baby, it is smiling. Mira al bebe, está sonriendo. • La diferencia entre un adjetivo y un pronombre posesivo es que el adjetivo

acompaña al nombre y el pronombre lo substituye.

ADJETIVO

PRONOMBRE

Mi casa es grande.

La mía también.

My house is big.

Mine is also big.

• Los pronombres reflexivos indican:

Page 19: Apuntes Ingles

32

Acciones que recaen sobre el mismo sujeto.

He washes himself every morning. Se lava cada mañana.

Enfatizan.

He himself can go. Él puede ir solo.

Pueden ir precedidos de by, en cuyo caso significan “yo solo”, “tú solo..”

I went to Madrid by myself. Fui yo solo a Madrid.

Each other. “El uno al otro” They love each other.

Se quieren.

One Another. “A todos” They gave presents one another. Se hacen regalos.

One. She is the prettiest one. Ella es la más guapa. I was the second one in the race Fui el segundo en la carrera.

Page 20: Apuntes Ingles

33

ADJETIVOS Y PRONOMBRES DEMOSTRATIVOS

SINGULAR

PLURAL

THlS este, esta, esto.

THESE estos, estas.

THAT ese, esa, eso, aquel, aquella, aquello.

THOSE esos, esas, aquellos, aquellas.

• Como adjetivos concuerdan con el nombre. This man is my teacher of English. Este hombre es mi profesor de inglés. That woman is my wife. Esa mujer es mi esposa. These books are interesting. Estos libros son interesantes. Those girls are from Italy. Aquellas chicas son de Italia. Se usan cuando hablamos por teléfono.

This is Peter. Éste es Pedro.

En ciertas expresiones. That’s right. Es correcto.

En presentaciones This is Mary, my friend Ésta es María, mi amiga.

Page 21: Apuntes Ingles

34

1) Let me introduce.......... a - Me b - Myself c - Mine

2) I hope you enjoy..........stay. a - You b - Your c - Yourself

3) .......am sorry. a - I b - Me c - My

4) I will show .........the house. a - Yours b - Your c - You

5) What's............name? a - You b - Your c - Yours

6) What is...........motto? a - Your b - You c - Yours

7) Peter and Mary have ................house in Villajoyosa. a - Their b - They c - Them

8) Sara is very happy with .........new doll. a - She b - Her c - Hers

9) Oscar is at home playing with...............toys. a - His b - He c - Him

10) Carlos is in Elche. .............works there in a shoe factory. a - Him b - He c - His

11) ..................says that Isabel is her best friend. a - She b - Her c - Hers

12) Felipe is very proud of ..................new car.

Page 22: Apuntes Ingles

35

a - Him b - His c - He

13) Pilar and Paco are paying for...................new house. a - Them b - Their c - They

14) Barbie has ...........hair blonde. a - Her b - She c - Hem

15) The door is open because...............is very hot. a - It b - Its c - Itt

16) .....................play tennis with their sons. a - They b - Them c - Theirs

17) The girls are playing with ..................dolls. a - Them b - Their c - They

18) María is pretty and..............is also very tall and slim. a - She b - Her c - Hers

19) ...............doesn't like writing with a fountain pen. a - He b - She c - Me

20) ...............always play football in Castelar Square. a - Them b - Theirs c - They

21) Pepe is poor but he says that...............is happy. a - He b - Him c - Hers

22) The computer is old...........was bought in 1980. a - It b - Its c - Him

23) My sister is working with ..................new computer. a - Her

Page 23: Apuntes Ingles

36

b - His c - She

24) Excuse....... a - Me b - My c - Mine

25) I am looking at.......... a - Your b - You c - I

26) Pleased to meet ............ a - Yours b - Us c - You

27) How do ............do? a - You b - Yours c - Him

28) Help .............., Pepe. a - You b - Yourself c - Yours

29) Here ...........are. a - We b - Us c - Our

30) Shut up and mind your ........business. a - Our b - Ours c - Own

31) ................Goodness. a - My b - Me c - I

32) ...........sounds great. a - I b - That c - Me

33) Give..........a ring when you get home please. a - Mine b - Me c - My

34) Didn't .............say you wanted to come with us? a - Yours b - Us

Page 24: Apuntes Ingles

37

c - You

35) Thank ......very much. a - You b - Yours c - Youm

36) Please give ............a hand. a - Us b - We c - Our

37) Give.............regards to your family. a - Me b - My c - I

38) Let ........take a photograph of you. a - Me b - My c - Us

39) Let ...........introduce myself. a - Me b - I c - My

40) I l ike............ a - She b - Her c - Hem

41) I play football with......... a - He b - Him c - His

42) The book is............ a - My b - Mine c - Me

43) She is ..................secretary. a - Me b - My c - Mine

44) I am................father. a - He b - His c - Him

45) Inmita is ..................daughter. a - Me b - My c - Mine

Page 25: Apuntes Ingles

38

46) The dictionary is............ a - Me b - My c - Mine

47) The umbrella is.......... a - He b - Her c - Hers

48) He is..................teacher. a - Our b - We c - Us

49) .........l ive in Elda. a - Us b - We c - Our

50) If you work for......you will not have to suffer a boss. a - You b - Yours c - Yourself

51) Many people nowadays live by....... a - Them b - Themselves c - Their

52) We enjoyed ..........in our honeymoon. a - Us b - Ours c - Ourselves

53) Help................Feel at home. a - Yourself b - You c - Yours

54) The keys on the table are.........Mine are here. a - You b - Your c - Yours

55) I am very proud of this town of...... a - Me b - My c - Mine

56) ........faithfully. a - Your b - Yours c - Yourself

57) Maika is a friend of.........................

Page 26: Apuntes Ingles

39

a - Me b - I c - Mine

58) It was a problem of.........that made us arrive late. a - Hers b - She c - Her

59) I like swimming. -....... too. a - I b - My c - Me

60) Visit...........when you come to Elda. a - Us b - Our c - Ours

61) ....................wife's name is Inma. a - I b - Me c - My

62) .....................father was the Mayor. a - He b - His c - Him

63) She is ...................new teacher, her name is Laura. a - Us b - Our c - Ours

Page 27: Apuntes Ingles

40

Soluciones 1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. B 11. A 12. B 13. B 14. A 15. A 16. A 17. B 18. A 19. B 20. C 21. A 22. A 23. A 24. A 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. B 29. A 30. C 31. A 32. B 33. B 34. C 35. A 36. A 37. A 38. A 39. A 40. B 41. B 42. B 43. B 44. B 45. B 46. C 47. C 48. A 49. B 50. C 51. B 52. C 53. A 54. C 55. C 56. B 57. C 58. A 59. C 60. B 61. C 62. B 63. B

Page 28: Apuntes Ingles

41

HABER IMPERSONAL. THERE IS • Se usa para indicar que hay una o más cosas. Al formarse con el verbo to be hace

las formas interrogativas y negativas como el mencionado verbo.

AFIRMATIVA

INTERROGATIVA NEGATIVA

There is a car. Hay un coche.

Is there a car? ¿Hay un coche?

There is not a car. No hay un coche.

There was a boy. Había un niño.

Was there a boy? ¿Había un niño?

There was not a boy. No había un niño.

PRESENTE

PASADO FUTURO CONDICIONAL

There is.

There was. There will be. There would be.

There are.

There were.

There's.

There is someone waiting for you. Hay alguien esperándote. There are four biscuits on the plate. Hay cuatro galletas en el plato. Is there anything I can do for you? ¿Hay algo que pueda hacer por tí?

Page 29: Apuntes Ingles

42

1) Crevillente is a very modern town. There.....................not many old buildings. a - Is b - Are c - Am

2) There.......................a photograph of the Mayor in the newspaper! a - Is b - Are c - Am

3) Excuse me, ..............there a restaurant near here? a - Is b - Are c - Am

4) There........................five people in my family. a - Is b - Are c - Am

5) There.....not a film in the camera. a - Is b - Are c - Am

6) How many cinemas…………………….. there in Villena? a - Is b - Are c - Am

7) .........................there a concert next Sunday? a - Is b - Are c - Am

8) ..........................there a bus from Alicante at 7.00? a - Is b - Are c - Am

9) There...........two trains to Madrid every day. a - Is b - Are c - Am

10) There.......some computers in this University. a - Is b - Are c - Am

11) .......there a nice park in Alicante? a - Is b - Are c - Am

Page 30: Apuntes Ingles

43

12) ................there a supermarket near here? a - Is b - Are c - Am

13) There...........................two letters from the bank. a - Is b - Are c - Am

14) There.............many people in the club now. a - Is b - Are c - Am

15) There.................a parade next Saturday. a - Is b - Are c - Am

16) There........a football match on TV tonight. a - Is b - Are c - Am

17) ..............there a swimming -pool in your hotel? a - Is b - Are c - Am

18) There...............many restaurants in Benidorm. a - Is b - Are c - Am

19) There.............a concert next June in Santa Pola. a - Is b - Are c - Am

20) .....................there many people in the Festivities in Villena? a - Is b - Are c - Am

Page 31: Apuntes Ingles

44

Soluciones 1. B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. B 11. A 12. A 13. B 14. B 15. A 16. A 17. A 18. B 19. A 20. B

Page 32: Apuntes Ingles

45

LOS PRONOMBRES INDEFINIDOS SOME, ANY, NO y SUS COMPUESTOS • Expresan cantidades indefinidas. Some. Se usa con oraciones afirmativas. Se traduce por algo, algún, algo de.

I have some magazines from the library. Tengo varias revistas de la biblioteca.

En interrogativas cuando la respuesta que se espera es afirmativa.

Do you want some chocolates? ¿Quieres bombones?

Any. Se usa en oraciones interrogativas y negativas. Se traduce por “nada”, “ningún”, “algún”.

Have you any good book to lend me? ¿Tienes algún buen libro para dejarme? I haven’t any money. No tengo dinero.

No. Se usa en oraciones con el verbo en afirmativa pero el sentido de la frase es negativo.

I have no money. No tengo dinero.

• Los compuestos de some, any y no se comportan de la misma manera. Something. Algo.

Anything. Algo, nada.

Nothing. Nada.

Everything. Todo.

Somebody. Alguien.

Anybody. Alguien, nadie.

Nobody. Nadie.

Everybody. Todos.

Somewhere. Algún lugar.

Anywhere. Alguna parte, ninguna parte.

Nowhere. Ninguna parte.

Everywhere. Todas partes.

Someone. Alguien.

Anyone. Alguien, nadie.

No one. Nadie.

Everyone. Cada uno.

Is there anybody who wants to come with me to Madrid? ¿Hay alguien que quiera venir conmigo a Madrid? There is nothing more to say. No hay nada más que decir.

Page 33: Apuntes Ingles

46

1) I want..........water please. a - Some b - Any c - Somebody

2) I want........................... ice. a - Myself b - Any c - Some

3) I haven't got...........................pets. a - A b - Some c - Any

4) I have.............................money. a - Some b - Any c - Do

5) Do you want..............................bread? a - Some b - Both c - Any

6) I want...........................coke. a - Any b - Three c - Some

7) I haven't ......................................money. a - Some b - Any c - Something

8) We haven't......................................matches. a - Some b - Everything c - Any

9) We have......................................French wines. a - Any b - Some c - Much

10) There aren't.................................biscuits. a - Some b - Any c - Anything

11) I have.............................old pictures of Elda. a - Me b - Some c - Any

Page 34: Apuntes Ingles

47

12) Are there..................................... letters? a - Some b - Any c - No

13) Would you like .........................chocolates? a - Any b - Will c - Some

14) Have you seen ................ love fi lm lately? a - Some b - Any c - No

15) Have you got...........................brothers or sisters? a - Any b - My c - Some

16) There are.....................................boys playing football outside. a - These b - Some c - Any

17) Is there.........................................cinema in town? a - Any b - Some c - Six

18) Is there .....................................swimming pool in Petrel? a - Some b - Any c - Big

19) I 've got ....................................books on computers a - Any b - Some c - Me

20) I want...........................apples. a - Somenody b - Any c - Some

21) They haven't........................relatives in Seville. a - Some b - Any c - Theirs

22) Have you ........brothers or sisters? a - Some b - Any c - No

23) ..............understands me.

Page 35: Apuntes Ingles

48

a - Onebody b - Nobody c - Anyboby

24) ...................smells nice! a - Anything b - Something c - Nothing

25) There's ...............like a siesta. a - Nothing b - Something c - Anything

26) is there .........we can do to help? a - Anybody b - Anything c - Anywhere

27) I would like to buy him .........typical of Spain. a - Something b - Nothing c - Anything

28) There is......milk in the fridge. a - No b - Some c - Many

29) I want..........to eat. a - Some b - Something c - Anywhere

30) There is .......which is not very clear in this. a - Something b - Anything c - Nothing

31) Would you like ..............more chocolates? I know they are your favourite ones. a - Any b - Much c - Some

Page 36: Apuntes Ingles

49

Soluciones 1. A 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. B 11. B 12. B 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. A 18. B 19. B 20. C 21. B 22. B 23. B 24. B 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. A 29. B 30. A 31. C

Page 37: Apuntes Ingles

50

OTROS INDEFINIDOS All. Hace referencia a más de dos.

All my friends came to my party. Todos mis amigos vinieron a mi fiesta.

Both. Se refiere a dos.

Both are 14. Los dos tienen catorce años.

Each. Cada.

Each and every day I sleep siesta. Todos los días duermo la siesta.

Either. O.

Either you stay here or come with us. O te quedas o vienes con nosotros.

Every. Cada.

Every day I go running. Todos los días voy a correr.

Neither. Ni.

Neither of them are happy. Ninguno de ellos está contento.

Neither…nor Ni..ni.

I neither like coffee nor tea. No me gusta ni el café ni el té.

None. Ninguno de los dos.

None wanted coffee. Ninguno quiso café.

Page 38: Apuntes Ingles

51

PRONOMBRES Y PARTICULAS INTERROGATIVAS Who. ¿Quién? Se usa con personas.

Who came yesterday? ¿Quién vino ayer?

Whom. ¿A quién? Se usa compañado por preposiciones.

Whom did you speak to? ¿Con quién estabas hablando? The man with whom you spoke is Pepe. El hombre con quien estabas hablando es Pepe.

Whose ¿De quién? Se usa en la forma posesiva.

Whose car is this Ford Fiesta? ¿De quién es este Ford Fiesta?

Which. ¿Qué o Cuál?

Which is your favourite singer? ¿Quién es tu cantante favorito?

What ¿Qué? Se usa cuando no hay antecedentes.

What do you think of him? ¿Qué piensas de él?

How. ¿Cómo?

How is your mother? ¿Cómo está tu madre?

How many. ¿Cúantos?

How many books do you read a year? ¿Cuántos libros lees al año?

How much. ¿Cuánto?

How much is that CD? ¿Cuánto cuesta ese disco?

How long. ¿Cuánto tiempo?

How long will it take to go to Madrid by plane? ¿Cuánto tiempo tardará en ir a Madrid en avión?

How far. ¿A qué distancia?

How far is Elche from Santa Pola? ¿Qué distancia hay entre Elche y Santa Pola?

How fast. ¿A qué velocidad?

How fast can you type? ¿A qué velocidad mecanografías?

How often. ¿Con qué frecuencia?

How often do you play football? ¿Con qué frecuencia juegas al fútbol?

Why. Why was he late?

Page 39: Apuntes Ingles

52

¿Por qué? ¿Por qué llegó tarde?

When. ¿Cuándo?

When did you go there? ¿Cuándo fuiste allí?

Where. ¿Dónde?

Where do you live? ¿Dónde vives?

What kind. ¿Qué clase?

What kind of music do you like? ¿Qué clase de música te gusta?

Page 40: Apuntes Ingles

53

1) ........do you spend your free time? a - How b - When c - Which

2) ........your phone number? a - What is b - Where is c - How is

3) ........do you live with? a - Who b - Where c - How

4) ........do you do on Sundays? a - Where b - What c - How

5) ........were you born? a - Where b - Which c - What

6) ..........sports do you practise. a - Which b - Where c - How

7) ..............do you live? a - Where b - Which c - How

8) ................says this is a good film? a - Who b - Where c - What

9) He is the one ....is in London, isn't he? a - Who b - Which c - Where

10) ..............did you know it was my birthday today? a - Where b - What c - How

11) What ........good idea! a - A b - Some c - Few

Page 41: Apuntes Ingles

54

12) Wow! ...........a sight. a - How b - Where c - What

13) ............sil ly! a - How b - Where c - Which

14) ..................delicious sweets you have in Elda. a - How b - Where c - What

15) …….. is Arguiñano?, -He is a marvellous cook, he came to Elda in 1997. a - Who b - Where c - Which

16) We both realise ...........important it is. a - How b - Which c - Where

17) ...............interesting! a - What b - What an c - How

18) Mercedes is ......................came to the party wearing the red dress. a - The one who b - What c - One which

19) Juan, .........................did you have lunch with, last Saturday? a - Who b - Whose c - Which

20) …….is Salvador? - The boy I met yesterday. a - Who b - What c - That

21) .................came yesterday? a - Who b - Whom c - Whose

22) .................... love opera a - Whom b - Who c - Whose 23) And this is ……..happened that night.

Page 42: Apuntes Ingles

55

a - What b - Who c - That

24) Is that book ..............you wanted to buy? a - The one b - That c - What

25) Look at those boys, Mary....one is your brother? a - Who b - Where c - Which

26) This is the Harley .........I want to buy. a - Where b - What c - Which

27) ............is this penci l? a - How b - Whose c - Who

28) ........father is the President of The Moros Musulmanes? a - Whose b - What c - Which

29) .... . . . . .wrote several books on grammar? a - Who b - Where c - Which

30) ……is the restaurant? a - Where b - Which c - What

31) .........celebrate San Antón all together? a - What about b - Why don't we c - How about

32) .........very nice car is a Mercedes. a - What a b - How c - How a

33) ........I arrive in Moscow I will send a fax. a - As b - When c - Now

34) ......a pretty girl. a - What

Page 43: Apuntes Ingles

56

b - What a c - How

35) ......pretty girls. a - What b - What a c - How

36) .........tall is the cathedral? a - What b - How c - Where

37) ..........silly of you is to say that! a - What b - How c - What a

38) ........long have you been studying English? a - Where b - How c - What

39) ........horrible weather you have in England! a - What a b - What c - How

40) ........paid the bill? a - Where b - Who c - How

41) ......did you see at the fair? a - Where b - Who c - Whose

42) ........is your favourite film? a - What b - Which c - Who

43) .........happened when we went? a - What b - Where c - How

44) ..........does she want? a - Where b - What c – Who 45) .......is this old car? a - Whose

Page 44: Apuntes Ingles

57

b - Who c - Whom

46) .........did you give the parcel? a - Whose b - Whom c - How

47) .........was that pretty girl who was with you in the Plaza Mayor? a - Who b - Whose c - Whom

48) .......came with Pepe? a - What b - Who c - Where

49) ….....did he say? a - Who b - Which c - What

50) ………..is this car? a - Who b - Whom c - Whose

51) ….......did you givethe first prize in the contest? a - Whose b - Who c - Whom

52) ..........a pretty girl! a - What b - How c - What a

53) ........stupid of him! a - What b - How c - What a

Page 45: Apuntes Ingles

58

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. A 8. A 9. A 10. C 11. A 12. C 13. A 14. C 15. A 16. A 17. C 18. A 19. A 20. A 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. A 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. A 29. A 30. A 31. B 32. A 33. B 34. B 35. A 36. B 37. B 38. B 39. A 40. B 41. B 42. B 43. A 44. B 45. A 46. B 47. A 48. B 49. C 50. C 51. C 52. A 53. B

Page 46: Apuntes Ingles

59

El NOMBRE

CONTABLES E INCONTABLES • Los nombres se pueden clasificar en contables e incontables. • Contables son aquéllos que podemos contar con la ayuda de un numeral. Tienen

forma de plural y pueden llevar el artículo a/an o the, some, few etc. One book.

Two pencils.

Three boys.

Four cars.

Un libro.

Dos lapiceros.

Tres niños.

Cuatro coches.

• Los incontables no tienen plural, algunos de ellos pueden ser tanto contables como

incontables. Existe un cambio en el significado. I bought a paper. Give me some paper to write. Compré un periódico. Dame papel para escribir. She has a new iron. This is made of iron. Tiene una nueva plancha. Ésto está hecho de hierro. Give me a glass. This is Bohemian glass. Dame un vaso. Esto es cristal de Bohemia. I drink coffee. Give me two coffees. Bebo café. Dame dos cafés. • Algunos nombres incontables: Butter. Mantequilla.

Help. Ayuda.

News. Noticias.

Tea. Té

Chocolate. Chocolate.

Homework. Deberes.

Paper. Papel.

Time. Tiempo.

Coffee. Café.

Hope. Esperanza.

Physics. Física.

Toothpaste. Pasta de dientes.

Cream. Crema.

Hunger. Hambre.

Rubbish. Basura.

Trouble. Problema.

Dirt. Suciedad.

Information. Información.

Sand. Arena.

Water. Agua.

Page 47: Apuntes Ingles

60

Flour. Harina.

Mathematics. Matemáticas.

Sky. Cielo.

Weather. Tiempo atmosférico.

Food. Comida.

Milk. Leche.

Soap. Jabón.

Work. Trabajo.

Fun. Diversión.

Money. Dinero.

Wine. Vino.

Silver. Plata.

Furniture. Mobiliario.

Music. Música.

Sugar. Azúcar.

Advice. Consejo.

Page 48: Apuntes Ingles

61

MUCH, MANY, FEW, LITTLE, A LOT OF

CONTABLES

Many. Muchos o muchas.

I have many friends. Tengo muchos amigos.

Few. Pocos o pocas. A few. Unos pocos o unas pocas.

She has read few books. Ella ha leído pocos libros. I have a few good friends. Tengo unos pocos buenos amigos.

So Many. Tantos.

We have so many books that I don’t know where to put them. Tenemos tantos libros que no sé dónde ponerlos.

So Few. Tan pocos.

He is alone, he has so few friends. Está solo, tiene tan pocos amigos.

Too Many. Demasiados.

Too many cooks spoil the broth. Demasiados cocineros echan a perder el caldo.

Too Few. Demasiado pocos.

There were too few to start the party. Había demasiado pocos para empezar la fiesta.

INCONTABLES

Much. Mucho.

I don’t drink much coke. No bebo mucha Coca-cola.

Litt le. Poco. A litt le Un poco.

He eats litt le fruit. Come poca fruta. With a little milk please. Con un poco de leche.

So Little. Tan poco.

He drinks so little water. Bebe tan poca agua.

Too Much. Demasiado. “más de lo necesario”.

They eat too much meat. Comen demasiada carne.

Page 49: Apuntes Ingles

62

Too Little. Demasiado poco. “menos de lo necesario”.

They have too little money. Tienen demasiado poco dinero.

So Much. Tanto.

They spend so much on clothes that they never have enough money. Gastan tanto en ropa que nunca tienen suficiente dinero.

CON CONTABLES E INCONTABLES

A lot of. Mucho, muchos.

We have a lot of books. Tenemos muchos libros. We drink a lot of water. Bebemos mucha agua.

Lots of. Montones de. Mucho, Mucha.

Lots of people came yesterday. Mucha gente vino ayer.

Plenty of. Mucho, muchos. Tiene el matiz de “de sobra”.

There are plenty of good books in the library. Hay muchos buenos libros en la biblioteca. I don’t have to hurry, I’ve got plenty of time. No tengo que apresurarme, tengo mucho tiempo.

• Partitivos más utilizados con los nombres incontables. A bar of. Una barra de.

A bar of chocolate. Una barra de chocolate.

A bottle of. Una botella de.

A bottle of wine. Una botella de vino.

A can of. Una lata de bebida.

A can of coke. Un lata de Coca-cola.

A cup of. Una taza de.

A cup of coffe. Una taza de café.

A piece of. Un trozo de, una porción de.

A piece of paper. Un trozo de papel.

Page 50: Apuntes Ingles

63

A tin of. Una lata de.

A tin of tuna. Una lata de atún.

A packet of. Una bolsa de.

A packet of crisps. Una bolsa de papas.

Page 51: Apuntes Ingles

64

1) Only ....................live in the country nowadays. a - Few b - Little c - Much

2) There is....................noise in this city. a - Few b - Many c - Much

3) There are ........schools in Salinas.Only two. a - Little b - Few c - Much

4) I ' l l have........................coffee. a - Few b - A c - Any

5) In Petrel there are...................mountains. a - Many b - Much c - Little

6) There's...........................................whisky in the bottle a - Few b - Little c - Many

7) ....................good friends are better than many. a - Little b - Few c - Much

8) I have .........................money left. a - Little b - Few c - Many

9) I want..........................milk in my coffee please. a - Some b - Any c - Few

10) I spend.........................t ime watching TV. a - Much b - Many c - Few

11) We have to study.........................books. a - Much b - Many c - Any

Page 52: Apuntes Ingles

65

12) There are .................................desks in this class. a - Much b - Little c - Many

13) Not ...................people smoke in this University. a - Manys b - Many c - Fews

14) They pay Zidane .......................money. a - Much b - Many c - Few

15) There aren't ..............................towns in Teruel. a - Many b - Much c - Little

16) I didn't drink ............................wine yesterday. a - Much b - Many c - Few

17) There are only ..........................people in the concert. a - Few b - Little c - Many

18) I want to have ............................fr iends. a - Little b - Many c - Much

19) Now I have.................................money. a - Few b - Many c - Little

20) They asked me ...........................questions. a - Many b - Little c - Much

21) I don't have ................................ t ime. a - Much b - Many c - Little

22) I ' l l try .............English tea. a - Some b - Many c - Any

Page 53: Apuntes Ingles

66

23) Don't ask me so ..........questions. a - Many b - Much c - Less

24) How ..............shirts are you going to buy? a - Many b - Much c - Often

25) I have ..... t ime. a – Little b - Much c - Yet

26) How ...........people are living in Villena? a - Much b - Many c - Some

27) ...............much is the English book? a - How b - Which c - Where

28) I drink........................coke. a - Many b - Much c - Few

29) My wife eats ..................oranges. a - Many b - Little c - So

30) My brother has...................CDs. a - A lot os b - A lot of c - Much

31) I study.......... a - Few b - Many c - Much

32) Is there ..................water in the bottle? No, there isn't. a - Many b - Lot c - Much

33) There is .................milk in the jug. a - Many b - Much c - Lot of

Page 54: Apuntes Ingles

67

34) We have.................magazines and books about Elda. a - A lot b - A lot of c - Lots

35) There are...................boys waiting for you outside. a - Much b - A few c - Fewing

36) I don't eat..........................meat. a - Many b - Much c - Few

37) We eat ...............fish. a - Many b - Much c - Few

38) Lorenzo has ....................money. a – Much b - Many c – Few

Page 55: Apuntes Ingles

68

Soluciones 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. A 10. A 11. B 12. C 13. B 14. A 15. A 16. A 17. A 18. B 19. C 20. A 21. A 22. A 23. A 24. A 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. B 29. A 30. A 31. C 32. C 33. B 34. B 35. B 36. B 37. B 38. A

Page 56: Apuntes Ingles

69

EL GENERO • Un gran número de nombres carecen de él, por eso tenemos la misma palabra para

masculino y femenino. Teacher. Profesor.

Doctor. Médico.

Student. Estudiante.

Lawyer. Abogado.

Artist. Artista.

Reader. Lector.

Musician. Músico.

Driver. Conductor.

• Otras palabras tienen una forma para el masculino y otra para el femenino y neutro.

MASCULINOS

FEMENINOS NEUTROS

Father. Padre.

Mother. Madre.

Flower. Flor.

Brother. Hermano.

Sister. Hermana.

Cat. Gato.

Boy. Chico.

Daughter. Hija.

Door. Puerta.

• Otros tienen forma masculina y femenina

MASCULINO

FEMENINO

A male doctor. Un doctor.

A woman doctor. Una doctora.

Actor. Actor.

Actress. Actriz.

Bachelor. Soltero.

Spinster. Soltera.

Boy. Chico.

Girl. Chica.

Brother. Hermano.

Sister. Hermana.

Bull. Cow.

Page 57: Apuntes Ingles

70

Toro.

Vaca.

Cock. Gallo.

Hen. Gallina.

Duke. Duque.

Duchess. Duquesa.

Emperor. Emperador.

Empress. Emperatriz.

Father. Padre.

Mother. Madre.

God. Dios.

Goddess. Diosa.

Horse. Caballo.

Mare. Yegua.

Host. Anfitrión.

Hostess. Anfitriona.

Husband. Esposo.

Wife. Esposa.

Lion. León.

Lioness. Leona.

Lord. Señor.

Lady. Señora.

Man. Hombre.

Woman. Mujer.

Nephew. Sobrino.

Niece. Sobrina.

Poet. Poeta.

Poetess. Poetisa.

Prince. Príncipe.

Princess. Princesa.

Son. Hijo.

Daughter. Hija.

Steward. Stewardess.

Page 58: Apuntes Ingles

71

Auxiliar de vuelo.

Azafata.

Tailor. Sastre.

Dressmaker. Modista.

Uncle. Tío.

Aunt. Tía.

Waiter. Camarero.

Waitress. Camarera.

Widower. Viudo.

Widow. Viuda.

• Curiosamente, “Baby” puede llevar el pronombre “it” y los gatos y los perros “he” o

“she”. • Los países, los barcos y los coches se consideran femeninos y a veces se

personifican. - Do you like my car? ¿Te gusta mi coche? - She is beautiful. Es bonito.

Page 59: Apuntes Ingles

72

EL PLURAL DE LOS NOMBRES • La regla general es añadir (-s). Car. Coche.

Cars. Book. Libro.

Books. Pen. Boli.

Pens.

• En los nombres que acaban en , s, z, ch, x, sh y o se añade (-es) Potato. Patata.

Potatoes. Brush. Cepillo.

Brushes. Box. Caja.

Boxes.

Kiss. Beso.

Kisses. Pouch. Bolsa.

Pouches. Church. Iglesia.

Churches

Bush. Arbusto.

Bushes. Box. Caja.

Boxes. Church. Iglesia.

Churches.

• Sin embargo, las palabras de origen extranjero que terminan en “-o” solamente

añaden una “-s“. Kilo. Quilo.

Kilos. Kimono. Kimono.

Kimonos. Piano. Piano.

Pianos.

Photo. Foto.

Photos. Soprano. Soprano.

Sopranos. Solo. Solo.

Solos.

Piano. Piano.

Pianos. Radio. Radio.

Radios.

Tomato. Tomate.

Tomatoes.

• Los nombres acabados en “-y” precedida de vocal siguen la regla general, pero si la

“-y” va precedida de consonante se transforma en “-i” y se añade “-es”. Toy. Juguete.

Toys. Boy. Chico.

Boys. Monkey. Mono.

Monkeys.

Lady. Señora.

Ladies. City. Ciudad.

Cities. Country. País.

Countries.

Page 60: Apuntes Ingles

73

• Hay doce sustantivos que terminan en “-f” o “-fe”, cuyo plural cambia por “-ves”. Wolf. Lobo.

Wolves. Thief. Ladrón.

Thieves. Sheaf. Gavilla.

Sheaves.

Loaf. Barra de pan.

Loaves. Leaf. Hoja.

Leaves. Half. Mitad.

Halves.

Wife. Esposa.

Wives. Shelf. Estantería.

Shelves. Self. Uno mismo.

Selves.

Life. Vida.

Lives. Knife. Cuchillo.

Knives. Calf. Ternero.

Calves.

• Las demás palabras que terminan en “-f” o “-fe” añaden una “-s“. Safe. Caja de seguridad.

Safes. Chief. Jefe.

Chiefs. Cliff. Acantilado.

Cliffs.

• Existen plurales irregulares. Man. Hombre.

Men. Woman. Mujer.

Women. Mouse. Ratón.

Mice.

Foot. Pie.

Feet. Goose. Ganso.

Geese. Ox. Buey.

Oxen.

Child. Niño.

Children. Tooth. Diente.

Teeth.

• Algunos animales o peces no cambian en plural: Sheep. Oveja.

Deer. Ciervo.

Trout. Trucha.

Cod. Bacalao.

Squid. Calamar.

Mackarel. Caballa.

Salmon. Salmón.

Carp. Carpa.

Plaice. Platija.

Duck. Pato.

Partridge. Perdíz.

• Al igual que otras palabras como: Aircraft. Spacecraft. Hovercraft.

Page 61: Apuntes Ingles

74

Aeronave.

Nave espacial.

Aerodeslizador.

• Otros tan sólo tiene forma plural People. Gente.

Cattle. Ganado.

Police. Policia.

Folk. Gente.

Shorts. Pantalones cortos.

Jeans. Pantalones vaqueros.

Pyjamas. Pijama.

Glasses. Gafas.

Scissors. Tijeras.

Binoculars. Prismáticos.

Thanks. Gracias.

Trousers. Pantalones.

Stairs. Escaleras.

• Algunos de los acabados en “-s” van siempre en singular. Mathematics. Matemáticas

Gymnastics Gimnasia.

Politics. Política.

Phonetics. Fonética.

• Los nombres colectivos, police, crew, family, team, etc., pueden llevar el verbo en

singular o en plural, según el sentido que le demos a la frase: Our police is very efficient. Nuestra policía es muy eficaz.

Our team is the best. Nuestro equipo es el mejor.

The police are looking for the thief. La policía esta buscando al ladrón.

Our team are wearing the new T-shirts. Nuestra equipo lleva la nueva camiseta.

• Penny tiene dos posibles plurales. Pennies hace referencia a las monedas y pence a

la cantidad total. I have 4 pennies.

I paid 50 pence.

Tengo cuatro peniques.

Pagué cincuenta peniques.

• Las palabras compuestas formadas con preposiciones o adverbios forman el plural

en la primera parte del nombre Maid of honour. Dama de honor

Maids of honour. Brother in law. Cuñado.

Brothers in law.

Page 62: Apuntes Ingles

75

• Las palabras que incluyen man o woman forman el plural modificando las dos partes Manservant. Menservants.

PRONUNCIACION DE LA DESINENCIA DE PLURAL. /s/. Cats.

/z/ Windows. /iz/ Houses.

Cuando los nombres acaban en consonante sorda.. p, t, k, f

Cuando los nombres acaban en consonante sonora o vocal. b, d, g, v, m, n, l, r, w, j

Cuando los nombres acaban en s, z, x, ch, ss, ...

Page 63: Apuntes Ingles

76

1) El plural de dish es........ a - Dishes b - Dishs c - Dishen

2) Las palabras acabadas en vocal "+ y " como boy, hacen el plural...... a - Añadiendo s b - Cambiando la "y " por i y añadiendo s c - Añadiendo -es

3) Las palabras "glass, dish, church, fox y buzz " hacen el plural........ a - Añadiendo -s b - Añadiendo -es c - Añadiendo -ies

4) What are you.........? a - Hobby b - Hobbies c - Jobis

5) What .......have you visited? a - Country b - Countries c - Cantris

6) I want two ......................of Fanta. a - Glass b - Glassves c - Glasses

7) I l ike tomato .............. a - Sandwiches b - Sandwichs c - Sandwicheves

8) In the sea there are many ................. a - Fishess b - Fishs c - Fish

9) I bought three ............ a - Salmons b - Salmon c - Salmones

10) I l ike ........................................... a - Potatos b - Potatoes c - Pototaves

11) I do not like...... . . . . . a - Mouses b - Mouse c - Mice

Page 64: Apuntes Ingles

77

12) My penthouse has two. a - Rooves b - Roofs c - Roofes

13) This tree has many .................................................. a - Leafs b - Leaves c - Leafss

14) I use paper ..................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a - Handkerchiefs b - Handkerchieves c - Handkerchiefes

15) In the zoo I saw four ..... a - Sheep b - Sheeps c - Sheppes

16) I never go to ............................................... a - Discoes b - Discos c - Discooes

17) In my kitchen there are many .............................. a - Shelves b - Shelfs c - Shelving

18) Europe has many different............................. a - Countrys b - Countries c - Countris

19) I prefer ghost ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a - Stories b - Storyes c - Storis

20) She has many ............................. a - Worries b - Worrys c - Worryes

21) We always use silver ................ a - Knives b - Knifes c - Knifs

22) The forest has many ....... . . . . a - Deers b - Deer c - Deeres

Page 65: Apuntes Ingles

78

23) Las palabras " kilo, photo, piano , solo, dynamo y magneto " hacen el plural...... a - Añadiendo -s b - Añadiendo -es c - Añadiendo -ves

24) Las palabras "glass, dish, church, fox y buzz " hacen el plural.... . . . . a - Añadiendo -s b - Añadienod -es c - Añadiendo -ies

25) Sheep , deer, swine, fish, trout, salmon, aircraft hacen el plural........ a - Añadiendo -es b - Esa misma forma les sirve para el plural c - Añadiendo -s

26) The police ........coming very soon. a - Is b - Are c - Be

27) This mountain is more that 1500 ..........high. a - Foot b - Foots c - Feet

28) Which .................are you from? a - Country b - Countri c - Kantry

29) She gave him four .........of bread. a - Loafs b - Loaves c - Loavings

30) The indians had many....... a - Chiefs b - Chieves c - Cifs

31) My favourite.........were a ball and the Scalextrix. a - Toys b - Toyes c - Tois

32) In the Tarzan films there are many......... a - Monkeis b - Monkeys c - Mankis

33) A famous English king had six........ a - Wifes b - Wives c - Wivess

Page 66: Apuntes Ingles

79

34) We always buy three.......of bread in Perete. a - Loafs b - Loaves c - Loavess

35) All of us have two....... a - Feet b - Foot c - Foots

36) The plural of goose is... a - Gooses b - Geese c - Gees

37) The plural of mouse is... a - Mouses b - Mice c - Mices

38) The plural of carp is... a - Carps b - Carpe diem c - Carp

39) The plural of partridge is a - Partridges b - Partdrigess c - Partridge

40) Para decir que hay muchos peces en el mar diremos...... a - There's a lot of fishes in the sea b - There's a lot of fish in the sea c - There are a lot of fishes in the sea

41) I l ike........................with cream. a - Strawberries b - Strawberryes c - Strauberries

42) Before my daughters were born I visited many....................with my wife. a - Countries b - Countryes c - Cauntries

Page 67: Apuntes Ingles

80

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. B 11. C 12. B 13. B 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. A 18. B 19. A 20. A 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. B 25. B 26. B 27. C 28. A 29. B 30. A 31. A 32. B 33. B 34. B 35. A 36. B 37. B 38. C 39. C 40. B 41. A 42. A

Page 68: Apuntes Ingles

81

FUNCIONES DEL NOMBRE. FORMACIÓN DE PALABRAS COMPUESTAS • Algunos nombres surgen de la combinación de dos palabras. Adjetivo + nombre.

Handful. Puñado.

Nombre + nombre.

Toothpaste. Pasta de dientes.

Ing + nombre.

Washingmachine. Lavadora.

Pronombre + nombre.

Shegoat. Cabra.

Verbo + nombre.

Breakfast. Desayuno.

Preposición + nombre.

Overwork. Exceso de trabajo.

Preposición + verbo.

Income. Ingresos.

• Todos los nombres pueden tener las siguientes funciones Sujeto.

María is a teacher. María es profesora.

Predicado.

María is a sociable woman. María es una mujer sociable.

Complemento Directo.

I saw a woman there. Ví una mujer allí.

Complemento Indirecto.

This present is for that woman. Este regalo es para esa mujer.

• Algunos sufijos nos pueden ayudar a identificar a los nombres. -er.

-er. -ee. - tion. - ist. - ism. -ness.

Profesiones. Cosas. Personas. Nombres Verbos.

Profesiones. Ideologías. Nombre.

Baker. Panadero.

Opener. Abridor.

Employee. Empleado.

Pollution. Contaminación.

Violinist. Comunism. Comunismo

Hapiness. Felicidad.

Page 69: Apuntes Ingles

82

-ance. -hood. -ment. - tion. - ity.

Nombre. Nombre. Nombre. Nombre. Nombre. Abundance Abundancia.

Childhood. Niñez.

Shipment. Envío.

Education. Educación.

Ability. Habilidad.

• Algunos sufijos nos pueden ayudar a identificar a los adjetivos o adverbios. -al. - ic. - ive. - ful. - less. -ous. - ly.

Practical. Práctico.

Historic. Histórico.

Exclusive. Exclusivo.

Faithful. Leal.

Hopeless. Sin esperanza

Industrious Trabajador

Friendly. Amistoso.

-ed.

-en. -ant. - ive. - ible. - like. -worthy.

Excited. Excitado.

Wooden. De madera

Irrelevant. Irrelevante

Comprehensive. Comprensivo.

Sensible. Sensato.

Childlike. infantil

Trustworthy. Fiable

• Algunos prefijos negativos. Dis-

Il- Im- In- Ir- Non- Un-

Dishonest. Deshonesto

I l legal. Ilegal.

Impolite. Mal educado.

Invisible. Invisible.

Irregular. Irregular.

Non-smoker. No fumador.

Unthinkable Impensable

• Algunos prefijos de los más usados. Anti-

Over- Pre- Semi- Super- Post- Under

Antibiotic. Antibiótico

Overdose Sobredosis

Predictable. Predecible.

Semiprofessional. Semiprofesional.

Supernatural. Supernatural.

Postpone. Posponer.

Undermine Socavar.

Page 70: Apuntes Ingles

83

GENITIVO SAJÓN • Es una construcción especial que se utiliza para indicar posesión. La estructura del

genitivo sajón es: Poseedor + ‘s + cosa poseída. • Normalmente la utilizamos con personas y rara vez con objetos. Añadir apóstrofo y una “s “es la regla general.

Peter’s bike. La bici de Pedro.

Acabados en s, como nombre propio añade sólo “ ’ ”.

Pits’ car. El coche de Pit.

Plurales irregulares no terminados en “s” o “-es” siguen la regla general.

A men’s club. Un club para hombres.

Más de un sujeto.

My brother and sister’s friends. Los amigos de mi hermano y de mi hermana. My brother’s and sister’s friends. Los amigos de mi hermano y las amigas de mi hermana.

Algunas expresiones. A day’s break. Un descanso de un día. Today’s paper. El periódico de hoy. The car’s engine. El motor del coche. A stone’s throw. A tiro de piedra.

Casas y tiendas.

I went to my sister’s Fui casa de mi hermana. She was at the baker’s. Estaba en la panadería.

Tiendas, hospitales e iglesias. He goes to his friend’s. Él va a casa de su amigo. He got married in Sant Louis’. Él se casó en la Iglesia de San Luis.

Page 71: Apuntes Ingles

84

I was at the dentist’s. Yo estaba en el dentista.

Los plurales regulares acabados en “s” sólo añaden el apóstrofo.

A girls’ school. Una escuela de chicas.

Page 72: Apuntes Ingles

85

1) This is the .............., isn't it? a - Balls' boys b - Boys' the ball c - Boys' ball

2) La casa de Manoli. a - House's manoli b - Manoli's house c - The manoli's house

3) El coche de mi amigo. a - The my friend's car b - My friend's car c - Car's my friend

4) La casa de los Torres. a - The Torres' house b - Torres'ss house c - The house of Torres'

5) Las obras de Cervantes. a - Cervantes' works b - Cervante's works c - The cervantes's works

6) El teorema de Pitágoras. a - Pythagoras's the therom b - The pythagora's theorem c - Pythagoras's theorem

7) La madre de mi suegra. a - My mother-in-law's mother b - My mother's- in- law mother c - My mother's-in -law's mother

8) Vamos a casa de Clemente. a - We are going to Clemente's b - We are going to the Clemente's c - We are going to Clementes

9) Ella está en la pelu. a - She's at the hairdresser's b - She is at hairdresser c - She is the hairdresser

Page 73: Apuntes Ingles

86

Soluciones 1. C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. A 9. A

Page 74: Apuntes Ingles

87

EL ARTÍCULO INDETERMINADO Los artículos preceden y detreminan a los sustantivos. • Su traducción es “un”, “una”. Tiene dos formas “a” y “an”. • Es invariable en género y número, por lo tanto la misma forma sirve para masculino

y femenino. Carece de plural. Se suele usar “some” para expresar el significado de unos.

• “A” se emplea con palabras que comienzan por sonido consonántico. • “An” va con las que comienzan por sonido vocálico. • Las palabras que comienzan por “h” muda como honest, llevan “an”. • Las palabras que comienzan por semiconsonantes como “university” llevan “a”. • Hace las misma funciones que el artículo español. Designa personas y cosas. • Se puede usar con el sentido de “ un tal” There is a Mr. Pérez waiting for you. Hay un tal señor Pérez esperándote.

A

AN

A house. Una casa.

An apple. Una manzana.

A car. Un coche.

An hour. Una hora.

A university. Una universidad.

An honest person. Una persona honrada.

A uniform. Un uniforme.

An honor. Un honor.

A union. Un sindicato.

An umbrella. Un paraguas.

A European. Un europeo.

An MP. Un miembro del Parlamento.

Page 75: Apuntes Ingles

88

Acompaña a ciertos números y expresiones de cantidad.

A hundred. Cien. A couple of hours. Un par de horas.

Para indicar el precio de las cosas. It is 10 euros a kilo.. Cuesta 10 euros el kilo.

Usamos “a” o “an” cuando es la primera vez que hablamos de un objeto.

The woman had a nice house near the beach. La mujer tenía una bonita casa cerca de la playa.

Cuando la referencia no está clara. I want a book but I don’t want an English book. Quiero comprar un libro pero no quiero un libro inglés.

Con profesiones, religiones, e ideas políticas.

I am a lawyer and he is a nurse. Yo soy abogado y ella es enfermera. He is a Catholic and I am a Jew. Él es católico y yo soy judío. He was a socialist and now he is a conservative. Él era socialista y ahora es conservador.

Con enfermedades.

Last week I had a terrible cold. La semana pasada tuve un resfriado horrible. My wife has a toothache. A mi mujer le duele un diente

Con expresiones. As a rule. Por regla general. On a diet. A dieta.

Con exclamaciones.

What a pretty woman. Qué mujer más guapa!

Con adverbios.

Once a year. Una vez al año.

Page 76: Apuntes Ingles

89

• “A” puede ser cambiado por “one” en algunos casos. One morning I saw him here. Una mañana le vi aquí.

Page 77: Apuntes Ingles

90

EL ARTÍCULO DETERMINADO THE • Es parte invariable de la oración y va tanto con nombres en singular como con

nombres en plural. Se puede traducir por: el, la los y las. Tiene dos pronunciaciones según vaya precediendo a vocales o consonantes.

The girl.

The girls.

The car.

The cars.

La chica.

Las chicas.

El coche.

Los coches.

USOS Ríos.

The Nile. El río Nilo.

Mares.

The Black Sea. El mar Negro. The Atlantic Ocean. El Océano Atlántico.

Montañas.

The Alps. Los Alpes.

Islas.

The Canary Islands. Las Islas Canarias.

Desiertos.

The Sahara. El desierto del Sahara.

Países en plural.

The Netherlands. Los Países Bajos.

Cosas únicas. The Universe. El Universo.

The Sun. El Sol.

The Moon. La luna.

The Earth. La Tierra.

Page 78: Apuntes Ingles

91

Con instrumentos musicales. I play the piano. Yo toco el violín.

Junto a un adjetivo hace referencia a un colectivo, a un tipo de personas.

The blind. Los ciegos. The rich. Los ricos. The poor. Los pobres. The British. Los británicos.

Con los superlativos. Water is in my opinion the best drink. El agua es en mi opinión la mejor bebida.

También con algunas expresiones.

He was in the navy. Él estuvo en la marina. The police. La policía. I went to the Post Office. Yo fui a la oficina de correos. They were in the radio this morning. Ellos estuvieron en la radio ésta mañana. I went to the cinema last Sunday. Yo fui al cine el pasado domingo. I have spent very good moments in the theatre. Yo he pasado muy buenos momentos en el teatro.

Con fechas se lee pero no se escribe.

30 th November is my birthday. El día treinta de noviembre es my cumpleaños. Esto debe leerse November the thirtieth o the thirtieth of November.

Con algunas palabras modifica el significado Bed, class, court, college, church, hospital, market, prison, university, town.

In hospital. En el hospital. (hospitalizado) In the hospital. En el hospital. (de visita)

Page 79: Apuntes Ingles

92

Junto a las palabras Republic, State, Kingdom.

The United Kingdom. El Reino Unido. The Arab Republic. La República Árabe.

Con cosas únicas. The moon isn’t red. La luna no es roja.

Con contables en singular hace referencia a la totalidad.

The orange is an excellent fruit. La naranja es una excelente fruta.

Con los adjetivos pasa lo mismo. The rich also cry. Los ricos también lloran. The blind. Los ciegos.

Con apellidos. The Barrymore. Los Barrimore The Parker. Los Parker.

NO SE UTILIZA

Con días de la semana. I play tennis on Monday. Yo juego al tenis los lunes.

Meses. In July I go to San Juan beach. En el mes de julio voy a la playa de San Juan.

Estaciones y fiestas. Easter is a great holiday. Pascua es una gran fiesta.

Idiomas. Italian is very romantic. El italiano es muy romántico.

Meses, estaciones, semanas, años. On Monday El lunes

Colores. Red is my favourite colour. El color rojo es mi color favorito.

Page 80: Apuntes Ingles

93

Deportes, actividades y juegos. Swimming is good for you. La natación es buena para ti. I don’t play cards. Yo no juego a las cartas.

Comidas. Lunch, breakfast and supper are the meals of the day. La comida, el desayuno y la cena son las comidas del día.

Expresiones. At night. Por la noche. At dawn. Al anochecer. At sunrise. Al amanecer.

Cuando nos referimos al sentido general de algo.

Wine is good for you. El vino es bueno para ti. The wine from Pinoso is the best. El vino de Pinoso es el mejor.

Con las partes del cuerpo. Wash your hair. Lávate el pelo.

Canales hechos por el hombre. Suez canal. El canal de Suez

Con las palabras “bed”, “school”, “hospital”, “prison”, college”, “university”.

He is in bed. El está en cama.

Con las comidas.

I have lunch at home. Como en casa.

Con “ver la tele”. I never watch TV. Nunca veo la tele.

Con personas. Doctor Ferreira no The doctor Ferreira. El doctor Ferreira.

Page 81: Apuntes Ingles

94

1) He......... boy. a - An b - The c - That

2) Today I ate..........apple. a - An b - A c - Any

3) My sister is ..........doctor. a - An b - A c - Something

4) Mr. García is...........honest man. a - A b - An c - Both

5) I like drinking .........coke. a - An b - A c - Many

6) Is he ........architect? a - A b - An c - Little

7) Is Salinas............big city? a - A b - An c - These

8) I went to the swimming pool.......hour ago. a - An b - A c - The

9) He has ........cat. a - An b - A c - Many

10) I want to be ........lawyer. a - Some b - A c - An

11) Do you like .......English language? a - A b - The c - Some

12) He's ........engineer.

Page 82: Apuntes Ingles

95

a - An b - A c - Some

13) I would like to be ........lawyer. a - A b - An c - Some

14) What ........................relief to get rid of him. a - An b - A c - Some

15) They only cost 30 euros ...........hour. a - An b - A c - The

16) I never listen to...radio at night. a - A b - The c - -

17) .......moon goes round the Earth. a - A b - The c - -

18) My father- in-law likes watching......TV. a - A b - The c - -

19) Why don't you eat..........breakfast? a - A b - The c - -

20) Tabarca is........island near Santa Pola. a - The b - A c - An

21) Tomás lives in........country. a - The b - - c - A

22) Before......lunch we played ATAJOS. a - The b - - c - A

23) .......capital of Spain is Madrid. a - The

Page 83: Apuntes Ingles

96

b - - c - A

24) ...........Vinalopó is the only river we have. a - - b - The c - A

25) ........USA is a very big country. a - - b - The c - A

26) I would like to live near........sea. a - - b - The c - A

27) .......wine is good if you drink properly. a - - b - The c - A

28) ........wine from Rioja is my favourite. a - - b - The c - A

29) ......policemen have a hard life. a - The b - - c - A

30) My mother- in-law is always with........telephone in hand. a - The b - A c - -

31) I didn't learn to play .......guitar in don Emilio's. a - - b - The c - A

32) .............rich also cry. a - - b - A c - The

33) ......French drink more wine than we do. a - - b - A c – The 34) ......women like going to the hairdresser more than men. a - -

Page 84: Apuntes Ingles

97

b - The c - A

35) Pepe had an accident so he is in ......hospital. a - - b - The c - A

36) I went to.......hospital to vist my friend Enrique who had a heart attack. a - The b - - c - A

37) Sarah goes to......church every Sunday with my wife. a - - b - The c - A

38) He was in........prison because he killed a cat. a - - b - A c - The

39) I studied at......Alicante University wih Bryn Moody. a - - b - The c - A

40) Vladi has gone to........work now. a - The b - A c - -

41) I prefer to stay...........home. a - The b - A c - -

42) Before .......work we go running. a - A b - - c - The

Page 85: Apuntes Ingles

98

Soluciones 1. B 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. B 11. B 12. A 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. C 20. C 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. B 25. B 26. B 27. A 28. B 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. C 33. C 34. A 35. A 36. A 37. A 38. A 39. A 40. C 41. C 42. B

Page 86: Apuntes Ingles

99

BOTH, ALL, NONE, NEITHER, EITHER, EACH, EVERY, NO.

Both. Ambos.

Both Peter and Sarah like confetti. Tanto a Pedro como a Sara les gustan los confetis. We both like jazz. A los dos nos gusta el jazz. Both of the children have been to Paris. Los dos niños han estado en París. The children have both been to Paris. Los dos niños han estado en París. Give me both. Dame los dos.

Both….and . Tanto como.

I like both the film and the book. Me gusta tanto la película como el libro.

Both of them. Ellos dos.

Both of them are happy. Los dos son felices.

Neither. Ninguno. Ni.

Neither of them came to my party. Ninguno de los dos vino a mi fiesta. - I don’t like coffe. A mí no me gusta el café. -Neither do I. Ni a mí tampoco.

Either....or. O…..o.

Either you come with me or go with him. O vienes conmigo o vas con él.

Neither....nor. Ni….ni.

I like neither coffee nor tea. No me gusta ni el té ni el café.

Al l. Todos. Más de dos.

All the students were happy after the exam. Todos los estudiantes estaban contentos después del examen.

None. Ninguno. Más de dos

None of my friends wanted to buy my car. Ninguno de mis amigos quiso comprar mi coche.

Most. La mayoría, la

Most of them are from Canada. Los dos son de Canadá.

Page 87: Apuntes Ingles

100

mayor parte.

Each. Cada uno.

Each student must buy a dictionary. Cada estudiante debe comprar un diccionario.

Every. Todos y cada uno

Every citizen paid the taxes. Todos los ciudadanos pagaron los impuestos.

No. Nada. I have no money now. Ahora no tengo dinero.

Page 88: Apuntes Ingles

101

LOS ADJETIVOS. • Los adjetivos tiene la misión de modificar al sustantivo y normalmente le preceden. A red car. Un coche rojo. A beautiful woman. Una mujer guapa. • Al ser en inglés parte invariable, sólo tiene una forma para masculino, femenino,

singular y plural. I have a red car. Yo tengo un coche rojo. She has a red dress. Ella tiene un vestido rojo. My daughter wears red shoes. Mi hija lleva zapatos rojos. They have red skirts. Ellas tienen faldas rojas. USOS Detrás de los verbos copulativos: be, look, sound, taste, appear, seem, get, feel, stay, fall, etc.

She is nice. Ella es agradable. You look beautiful. Tú tienes buen aspecto. He feels strong. Él se siente fuerte.

Algunos adjetivos siempre llevan preposición.

I am interested in politics. A mí me interesa la política.

Los participios de presente y pasado pueden hacer las veces de adjetivos.

He is tired. El está cansado. He is tyring. El cansa. (es un pesado)

Los adjetivos que se colocan delante de los sustantivos se llaman atributivos.

A beautiful song. Una canción bonita.

Page 89: Apuntes Ingles

102

Principal, sheer, chief y main. son atributivos.

The main road is closed today. La carretera principal está cerrada hoy.

Afraid, awake, asleep, ashamed, upset, alive, alone, asleep son predicativos y van detrás.

She is stil l alive. Ella está todavía viva.

El significado de late y early depende de su posición.

We caught an early plane to London. Cogimos un vuelo temprano para Londres. They were early at the party. Ellos llegaron temprano a la fiesta.

• Algunos nombres pueden funcionar como adjetivos. A gold chain. Una cadena de oro. A leather case. Una maleta de piel. • Muchos adjetivos son reconocibles por sus terminaciones. -Y

-Al - Ial -Ous -Ary - Ic

Happy. Feliz.

Professional Profesional.

Industrial. Industrial.

Famous. Famoso.

Voluntary. Voluntario.

Economic. Económico

-Ful

- Ive -Ent - Ible -Able -Ed -Less

Careful. Cuidadoso.

Competitive Competitivo.

Urgent. Urgente.

Legible. Legible.

Profitable. Beneficioso.

Limited. Limitado.

Useless. Inútil.

• Los siguientes prefijos indican lo contrario del adjetivo que acompañan. Un-

In- Dis- Il- Im- Ir-

Page 90: Apuntes Ingles

103

Unhappy. Triste.

Incompetent Incompetente.

Dishonest. Deshonesto

I l legible. Ilegible.

Impatient. Impaciente

Irregular. Irregular.

• Otros prefijos también nos indican que estamos delante de un adjetivo. Auto- Bi- Extra- Hyper. Inter-

Automatic. Automático

Bisexual. Bisexual.

Extraordinary Extraordinario.

Hypersensitive Hipersensible

Interchangeable. Intercambiable.

Mono- Multi- Pre- Super- Ultra-

Monochrome Monocromo

Multilingual. Multilingüe.

Predominant. Predominante

Superstitious. Supersticioso.

Ultrasonic. Ultrasónico.

• Los adjetivos pueden estar formados por dos palabras unidas por un guión. Top-quality. De calidad suprema. Tax-free. Libre de impuestos. • Cuando aparecen varios adjetivos en una frase el orden debe ser el siguiente: Opinión.

Dimensiones. Color. Origen. Material.

Cheap. Barato.

New. Nuevo.

Blue. Azul.

French. Francés.

Plastic. Plástico.

Cualidad. Tamaño. Forma. Edad. Color.

Famous. Famoso.

Big. Grande.

Round. Redondo.

Old. Viejo.

Blue. Azul.

Page 91: Apuntes Ingles

104

LA COMPARACIÓN CON ADJETIVOS • Puede ser de igualdad, inferioridad y superioridad.

IGUALDAD

As... As. Tan como. En los puntos va el adjetivo.

I am as tall as you are. Yo soy tan alto como tú.

So.....as. No tan como.

He is not so intelligent as his brother Mike. Él no es tan listo como su hermano Miguel.

• Los monosiíabos y bisílabos añaden “-er” en el comparativo. • Los monosílabos acabados en una consonante precedida de una única vocal,

duplican la consonante. Como en fat. Fatter. • Si acaban en “-y” se sustituye por “i”.

GRADO POSITIVO

COMPARATIVO SUPERLATIVO

Tall. Alto.

Taller. Más alto. He is taller than you. Él es más alto que tú.

The tallest. El más alto

Big. Grande.

Bigger . Más grande. My car is bigger than yours. Mi coche es más grande que el tuyo.

The biggest. El más grande.

Happy. Feliz.

Happier. Más feliz. He is happier now. Él es más feliz ahora.

The happiest El más feliz.

Page 92: Apuntes Ingles

105

• Algunos adjetivos de dos sílabas y todos los que tiene más de dos usan more ...than y the most.

GRADO POSITIVO

COMPARATIVO SUPERLATIVO

Comfortable. Cómodo.

More comfortable. Más cómodo.

The most comfortable. El más cómodo.

Interesting. Interesante.

More interesting. Más interesante.

The most interesting. El más interesante.

COMPARATIVO

“-Er”. I am taller now. Ahora soy más alto.

More….than. It is more interesting than the film. Es más interesante que la película.

Comparativo + and + comparativo.

I am getting fatter and fatter. Cada vez me estoy poniendo más gordo.

The + comparativo, the + comparativo. The richer, the sillier. Cuanto más rico, más tonto.

SUPERLATIVO

The .....est con adjetivos de una o dos silabas. Se utiliza in para lugares y periodos de tiempo.

The richest people in Elda. Los más ricos de Elda.

The + most + adjetivo con los de dos o más silabas.

The most beautiful girl in town. La chica más guapa del pueblo.

Page 93: Apuntes Ingles

106

COMPARATIVO DE INFERIORIDAD

Less + adj + than. She is less intelligent than Rose. Ella es menos inteligente que Rosa.

The least + adjetivo indican inferioridad.

The least important of all his novels. La menos importante de sus novelas.

GRADO POSITIVO

COMPARATIVO SUPERLATIVO

Busy. Ocupado.

Less busy. Menos ocupado.

The least busy. El menos ocupado.

LOS IRREGULARES • Algunos hacen la comparación de forma irregular y no siguen reglas concretas. Good. Bueno.

Better. Mejor.

The best. El mejor

Bad. Malo.

Worse. Peor.

The worst. El peor.

Litt le. Poco.

Less. Menos.

The least. El menos.

Much / Many. Mucho.

More. Más.

The most. El más.

Far. Lejos.

Farther. Más lejos.

The farthest. Lo más lejano.

Old. Viejo.

Elder. Más viejo.

The eldest. El más viejo.

• Elder y eldest se utilizan cuando hacemos referencia a miembros de una misma familia.

My sister Berta is elder than me. Mi hermana Berta es mayor que yo.

Page 94: Apuntes Ingles

107

1) This is ... . . . than this? a - Long b – Longer c - Longest

2) How.............are you? a - Tall b - Talling c - Tallest

3) Isabel is ...........................than last year. a - The thinnest b - Thiner c - Thinner

4) Everybody says that Jorge is ..............................than his brother. a - More clever b - The more clever c - The most clever

5) Alicante is ....................................................... than Elda. a - Hotting b - Hottest c - Hotter

6) I am .............................teacher here. a - The oldest b - Older c - Olderest

7) This park is ...............................................than the one in Almagro. a - Nicer b - Niceer c - Nicest

8) This sweater is ...........................................than the one we saw yesterday. a - Old-fashionest b - Old-fashionedest c - More old-fashion

9) A Mercedes is .....................................than a Seat Marbella. a - Most expensive b - More expensive c - Expensiver

10) He's ......................................................than he was a year ago. a - Healthier b - Healthiest c - Healthiere

11) Do you think English is ..............................than French? a - More difficult b - The most difficult c - Difficulter

Page 95: Apuntes Ingles

108

12) He eats a lot - he's getting ...................... a - Fatting b - Fatter c - Fattest

13) I think that Pilar is ..................................than Manoli. a - More mature b - The most mature c - More maturest

14) He was the..................person I have ever met. a - The most dishonest b - More dishonet c - Most dishonest

15) My mother was getting ................ a - Redder and redder b - The more redest c - Most red

16) A bed is ..........................a sofa. a - More comfortable than b - The more comfortable c - The comfortablest

17) I think that Harry Potter's books are .....................................than the films. a - More interesting b - The most interesting c - Interestinger

18) Have you got a ........................size? a - Biggest b - Bigger c - Biger

19) My exam was ..........................................than I had thought. a - Badder b - Badding c - Worse

20) Now I have ...............................time than when I was single. a - Less b - Lesser c - Mucher

21) My neighbour María is ................................now that she has a new kitchen. a - Hapiest b - Happier c - Happyer 22) This exercise is .......................................than the previous one. a - Easier b - Easyer

Page 96: Apuntes Ingles

109

c - Easiest

23) Mari Carmen is ........................................than her sister. a - Politest b - More polite c - The more polite

24) I t is .....................................to walk after having dinner. a - Better b - The good c - The gooder

25) When I was young Agustina was the .......................................swimmer in Elda. a - Fastest b - Fatesr c - The ffasterest

26) Sarah is ..........................................in the class. a - Tallest b - The tallest c - The taller

27) Paco was the................................of my friends. a - Craziest b - Crazier c - Crasiest

28) This is ........................................book I have ever read. a - The goodest b - The bester c - The best

29) Barcelona is .....................................than Madrid. a - Farer b - Farest c - Further

30) You should eat ....................................chocolate. a - Littler b - Less c - Littlest

31) Home.......home. a - Good b - Sweet c - Nice

32) I was ..........cross with him. a - So b - As c - The

33) Do you have to have the music ..........loud? a - As b - So

Page 97: Apuntes Ingles

110

c - Some

34) He's the ...........person I know. a - Meanest b - Mean c - Meaner

35) You'll need it when it gets .......... a - Coldest b - Colder c - Colding

36) I 'd ............say goodbye to you now. a - Good b - Better c - Best

37) I don't mind, .......................the hours are reasonable and the pay is good. a - Long so b - As long as c - As long So

38) That sounds .........................! a - Exciteing b - Exciting c - Excite

39) He is as busy ............a bee. a - So b - The c - As

40) That is the ............compliment you can pay to a girl like her. a - Great b - Greater c - Greatest

41) So they have the ............of both worlds. a - Best b - Betteer c - Goodest

42) The ..........he starts Spanish lessons the better. a - Soon b - Soonest c - Sooner

43) They are ............than pears. a - Big b - Biggest c - Bigger

44) I was .................sorry that I felt ashamed. a - So b - As

Page 98: Apuntes Ingles

111

c - So as

45) Everything is ........wonderful in Spain!! a - So b - As c - As so

46) The place I enjoyed .............was the museum of Moder Art. a - Most b - More c - Little

47) This quick test is.................than the one we did yesterday. a - Easiest b - Easier c - More easy

48) My mother's dress is.......................than my aunt's. a - Longer b - The longest c - More long

49) Loli was il l, but now she ........................... a - Looks best b - Looks better c - Is best

50) You have to be much .....................when you use this. a - More careful b - Carefuler c - Carefulest

51) The Vinalopó is ....................river in Elda. a - The longest b - Longer than c - Longest than 52) Many people say Barcelona football team is .............than Real Madrid. a - Better b - Best c - Good

53) This pullover is too big. I need a ...........one. a - Smallest b - More small c - Smaller 54) All these children are nice, but ours are ................ a - Niecerest b - Nicer c - Nicest

55) I think he is the ......................in the class. a - Good b - Better c – Best

Page 99: Apuntes Ingles

112

56) I think that "The Pillars of the Earth " is .........book I have read in my life. a - The best b - Best than c - The better

57) This film is ........I have ever seen in my life. a - Baddest b - The worst c - The most bad

58) What a pity he is in Almeria. I wish he lived ............... a - Most near b - Nearer c - Nearest

59) She is very pretty but my girlfriend is ........ a - Prettier b - Prettiest c - The pretty

60) I am .............tall as Paco Cabrera. a - As b - So c - So as

61) I am .............than last year. a - More and more fat b - More fat c - Fatter

62) You'd ..........buy a better car. a - Best b - Better c - Good

63) My .......sister is married. a - Older b - Elder c - Oldesr

64) Novelda is.......than Monóvar. a - Far b - Further c - Furthest

65) Pepe is .......rich as Manolo. a - So b - As c - Than

66) I am not......tall as a basketball player. a - As b - So c - Than

Page 100: Apuntes Ingles

113

67) The.........of a party is having to tidy the house. a - Bad b - Worse c - Worst

68) She is.................now than when she was 28. a - Prettyer b - Prettier c - Prittier

69) There are...............books in Martin Fierro for us. a – Most expensive b - Expensive c - Expensiver

70) You must buy these……….. pills. a - Good b - Gooder c – The good

71) She loves ..... . . . . . . a - Tall b – The tallest c - Tallerst 72) They drank..........................bottle of whisky. a - The most expensive b - Expensiver c – The expensiver

73) They said he was a ...................teacher. a - Bored b - Boring c - Borerst

74) I was .....................because the film was boring. a - Boring b - Borest c - Bored

75) In a couple we will be ..... . . . . a - Richer b – The rich c - Riching 76) They serve ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . .coffee in town. a - Badder b - Gooder c – The worst

77) There are always ………........ . . . . . . . . . . trees in the park. a - Greener b - Greenest c – Gren

78) All the Chinese have ..... . . . . . . . . . . . .smiles.

Page 101: Apuntes Ingles

114

a – Lovelier b - Lovely c - Lovlyest

79) Peter felt ..................of what he had done. a - Ashamed b - Ashamer c - Ashamest

80) The porter is a..................man. a - Happier b - Happiest c - Happy

81) Felipe was the....................President. a - Form b - Formerst c - Former

82) His .....................brother works in Perú. a - Elder b - Old c - Older

83) The ..................part of the book is not good. a - Major b - May c - Most of

84) He is a lonely man, he feels............ a - Aoner b - Alone c - Alonest

85) Parents are happy when their children are.............. a - Aleppest b - Aslepper c - Asleep 86) Sometimes she drives me............. a - Madder b - Mad c - Madest

87) I found a ................bottle on the beach. a - Broker b - Brokenest c - Broken

Page 102: Apuntes Ingles

115

Soluciones 1. B 2. A 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. A 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. A 11. A 12. B 13. A 14. C 15. A 16. A 17. A 18. B 19. C 20. A 21. B 22. A 23. B 24. A 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. B 29. C 30. B 31. B 32. A 33. B 34. A 35. B 36. B 37. B 38. B 39. C 40. C 41. A 42. C 43. C 44. A 45. A 46. A 47. B 48. A 49. B 50. A 51. A 52. A 53. C 54. B 55. C 56. A 57. B 58. B 59. A 60. A 61. C 62. B 63. B 64. B 65. B 66. B 67. C 68. B 69. B 70. A 71. B 72. A 73. B 74. C 75. A 76. C 77. A 78. B 79. A 80. C 81. C 82. A 83. A 84. B 85. C 86. B 87. C

Page 103: Apuntes Ingles

116

LAS PREPOSICIONES • Aunque la gramática inglesa es bastante simple, tiene partes que presentan cierta

dificultad como las preposiciones. Por ejemplo, para decir “en”, se pueden emplear “in” , “on” y “at”. Por lo tanto se les debe prestar mucha atención.

AT Puntos concretos. We stopped at the zoo.

Paramos en el zoo. He was at the station. Él estaba en la estación. I was at home and my wife was at a meeting. Yo estaba en casa y mi mujer estaba en una reunión.

Cafés y restaurantes We'll eat at MacDonald's, in San Juan Beach. Comeremos en el MacDonald’s de la Playa de San Juan.

Sitios donde se estudia o trabaja.

I was at school and then at university later on I worked at IBM. Fui al colegio, luego a la universidad y después trabajé en IBM.

Nombres de actividades de grupo

He was at a meeting, then at the theatre and later at a concert and at a lecture, afterwards at a match and finally at the cinema. Él estaba en una reunión, luego fue al teatro, después a un concierto y a una conferencia, después a un partido y, finalmente, al cine.

Con el número de la calle I lived at 35 Príncipe de Asturias. Yo vivía en la calle Príncipe de Asturias 35.

Horas I wake up at six. Me levanto a las seis.

Navidad y Pascua At Christmas I buy many presents and at Easter I go to the beach. En Navidad compro muchos regalos y en Pascua voy a la playa.

Expresiones At present I’m reading a novel. Ahora estoy leyendo una novela.

Page 104: Apuntes Ingles

117

He died at the age of 81. Él falleció a la edad de 81 años.

At night. Por la noche.

At sunrise. Al amanecer

At noon. Al mediodia

At sunset. Al atardecer

At first sight. A primera vista.

At midnight. Al mediodia

At this moment. En este momento.

At last. Al fín.

At the bus-stop. En la parada del autobús.

At the office. En la oficina.

At the top. En la parte de arriba.

At work. En el trabajo.

At the station. En la estación.

At least. Al menos.

At the bottom. En la parte de abajo.

Otros. It was love at first sight.

Fue amor a primera vista. She is always at home. Ella siempre está en casa. At least it is a very good book. Al menos es un buen libro. At present they are working a lot. En este momento están trabajando mucho. They were at war. Ellos estuvieron en guerra. The boss is at work El jefe está trabajando.

Page 105: Apuntes Ingles

118

• ON Algo que está tocando o cercano a una línea, o algo parecido a una línea.

We have a house on the river. Tenemos una casa al lado del río. Benidorm is on the coast. Benidorm está en la costa. Elche is on the road to Murcia. Elche está en la carretera de Murcia.

Cuando algo está tocando una superficie.

The keys are on the table. Las llaves están en la mesa. They fish on the lake. Ellos pescan en el lago. The new picture is on the wall. El nuevo cuadro está en la pared.

Con transportes públicos, caballos, motos y bicicletas.

I saw her on the plane/on the train/on the bus. Yo la vi en el avión, tren, autobús.

Con pisos. I live on the second floor. Yo vivo en el segundo piso.

Días. I study French on Monday. Yo estudio francés los lunes. On St. Valentine’s many people buy diamonds. El día de San Valentín mucha gente compra diamantes.

Expresiones. The train arrived on time. El tren llegó en punto. He is on a business trip. Está de viaje de negocios. The soldier is on duty. El soldado está de servicio. He came on foot. Vino a pie. The house is still on sale. La casa está todavía en venta.

Page 106: Apuntes Ingles

119

On the other hand, I don’t like it. Por otra parte no me gusta. On the whole, It was a very good play. En resumidas cuentas, fue una buena obra.

Páginas. On page 26 you will find the exercises. En la página 26 encontraréis los ejercicios.

• IN Cuando algo está dentro de algo.

My friends are in the cuartelil lo. Mis amigos están en el cuartelillo. The bottles are in the fridge. Las botellas están en la nevera.

Con países. I live in Spain. Yo vivo en España.

Con regiones. They are in the Sahara. Ellos están en el desierto del Sahara.

Con grandes islas. We spent the summer in the Canary islands. Ellos pasaron el verano en las Islas Canarias.

Partes del cuerpo. I have a pain in my stomach. Me duele la barriga.

Con coche, taxi y avioneta. I saw him in a new Mercedes. Yo le vi en un nuevo Mercedes.

Con algunos lugares. In bed. En cama In hospital. En el hospital. In court. En el juzgado. In church. En la iglesia. In prison. En la cárcel.

Page 107: Apuntes Ingles

120

Nombres de calles. I lived in Onesimo Redondo street.

Yo viví en la calle Onésimo Redondo.

Partes del día I read the paper in the morning. Yo por las mañanas leo el periódico.

Meses. I got married in October. Yo me casé en el mes de Octubre.

Años. I met my wife in 1982. Conocí a mi mujer en el año 1982.

Estaciones. I go to San Juan beach in summer. Voy a la playa de San Juan en verano.

Siglos. In he l9th century people did not wear jeans. En el siglo XIX la gente no llevaba pantalones vaqueros.

Períodos de tiempo. Spain was very rich in the Middle Ages. España era muy rica en la Edad Media.

Expresiones. He is always in a hurry. Siempre tiene prisa. In any case, you can come. De cualquier manera puedes venir. He was in danger. Estuvo en peligro. They are in love Están enamorados. Everything is in order. Todo está en orden. In other words, I love you. En otras palabras, te quiero. I will tell you in private. Te lo diré en privado. She was in tears Estaba llorando.

Page 108: Apuntes Ingles

121

PREPOSICIONES MAS USADAS. Aboard. A bordo.

I was aboard a yatch. Estuve a bordo de un yate.

About. Sobre.

I was talking about music. Estuve hablando de música.

Above. Por encima de.

Above all I love my family. Quiero a mi familia por encima de todo.

Across. A través de.

I walked across the park. Caminé a través del parque.

After. Después.

After the meeting I went to the doctor. Después de la reunión fui al médico.

Against. Contra.

It was against the public opinion. Todo fue en contra de la opinión pública.

Along . A lo largo de.

I found many good people along the way. Me encontré mucha buena gente a lo largo del camino.

Among . Entre.

I found a letter among the books. Entre los libros encontré una carta.

Around . Alrededor de.

I travelled around the world. Viajé alrededor del mundo.

At. En.

I was at the zoo. Estuve en el zoo.

Before. Antes de.

Before eating I read the press. Antes de comer leo el periódico.

Behind . Detrás de.

There was a mouse behind the door. Había un ratón detrás de la puerta.

Below. Por debajo de.

The temperatures were below zero. Las temperaturas estaban por debajo de cero.

Beside. Al lado de.

I was beside the Mayor at the table. Estuve al lado del alcalde en la mesa.

Between. Entre (2).

Between you and me there is magic. Entre tú y yo hay magia.

Page 109: Apuntes Ingles

122

Beyond . Mas allá de.

I live beyond the road. Vivo más allá de la carretera.

By. Por.

“Hamlet” was written by Shakespeare. Shakespeare escribió Hamlet. I always travel by plane. Siempre viajo en avión. He comes everyday by bus Él viene todos los días en autobús. He did it by chance. Lo hizo por casualidad. By far he is the best. Él es el mejor con mucho. You must learn this by heart Debes aprenderte esto de memoria. He did it by mistake. Lo hizo por error. He got me by surprise. Me cogió por sorpresa.

Down. Abajo.

Go down the street. Ve calle abajo.

During . Durante.

During the summer I have a great time. Durante el verano me lo paso muy bien.

Except. Excepto.

Except for the price, I like it very much. Excepto por el precio me gusta mucho.

For. Durante, desde, hace.

I have lived in this flat for 20 years. He vivido en este piso durante veinte años.

From. Desde.

From June to September I go swimming to the salt lake. Desde Junio a Septiembre voy a nadar al lago de sal.

In front of. Delante de.

She was sittting in front of me. Estaba sentada delante de mí.

In. I was in Greece in 1992.

Page 110: Apuntes Ingles

123

En.

Estuve en Grecia en el año 1992.

Into. En, Dentro de.

I went into a taxi. Subí a un taxi.

Near. Cerca.

There was a disco near my house. Había una discoteca cerca de mi casa.

Next to. Al lado de.

I live next to the theatre. Vivo al lado del teatro.

Of. De.

The son of Peter and Mary is tall. El hijo de Pedro y María es alto.

Off. En frente y separado.

Tabarca is off the coast of Santa Pola. Tabarca está en frente de la costa de Santa Pola.

On. En. (Sobre).

My keys are on the table. Mis llaves están en la mesa.

Onto. En. (indica movimiento)

I jumped onto the car. Salté sobre el coche.

Opposite. Enfrente de.

I live opposite the cinema Vivo enfrente del cine.

Out of. Fuera de.

Please go out of the class. Por favor sal fuera de clase. He was out of control. Estaba fuera de sí. At the moment he is out of work. Ahora no tiene trabajo Out of sight out of mind. Ojos que no ven, corazón que no siente.

Over. Sobre.

There is a bridge over the Vinalopó river. Hay un puente sobre el río Vinalopó.

Past. Por al lado de.

I walk past your house in the morning. Paso por al lado de tu casa por la mañana.

Round . Alrededor.

We went round the park. Fuimos alrededor del parque.

Since. Desde.

She hasn’ t written to me since last January. No me ha escrito desde el pasado mes de Enero.

Page 111: Apuntes Ingles

124

Through. A través de.

He came in through the gate. Entró a través de la puerta.

Til l. Hasta.

Til now I’ve lived in Monovar. Hasta ahora yo he vivido en Monóvar.

To. A.

I go to Sax every Saturday. Voy a Sax cada Sábado.

Towards. Hacia.

The WC is towards the end. El aseo está hacia el final.

Under. Debajo de.

The children are under the table. Los niños están debajo de la mesa.

Until. Hasta.

Until I was ten, I lived in Petrel. Hasta que tuve diez años viví en Petrel.

Up. Arriba

They are up the stairs. Ellos están arriba de las escaleras.

Upon. Sobre Once upon. Hace

It was upon a cushion. Estaba sobre un cojín. One upon a time a little rabbit called Perico…. Érase una vez un pequeño conejo llamado Perico..

With. Con

I was with him in the military service. Estuve con él en “la mili”.

Within. Dentro de.

It is within two kilometres. Está antes de dos kilómetros.

Without. Sin.

I can’t live without you. Yo no puedo vivir sin ti.

Page 112: Apuntes Ingles

125

• Existen en inglés una gran cantidad de adjetivos que siempre van acompañados por

una preposición. To. With. About. At. Of. For.

Married to. Casado con.

Angry with. Enfadado con.

Worried about. Preocupado por.

Good at. Bueno en.

Proud of. Orgulloso de.

Ready for. Listo para.

Polite to. Educado con.

Satisfied with. Satisfecho con.

Sorry about. Triste por.

Bad at. Malo en.

Ashamed of. Avergonzado de.

Suitable for. Adecuado para.

Happy with. Feliz con.

Surprised at. Sorprendido por.

Afraid of. Temeroso de.

Page 113: Apuntes Ingles

126

1) I will meet her.................the station. a - At b - In c - On

2) Please hang it................the wall. a - On b - At c - In

3) This happened ...................Saturday. a - On b - In c - At

4) ...................the past things were different. a - On b - At c - In

5) My grandmother was always.................home. a - At b - In c - On

6) You must change ................Albacete. a - In b - On c - At

7) I prefer to stay ........the right hand side. a - In b - On c - At

8) Please look...............the mirror. a - At b - In c - On

9) We live ...................the second floor. a - In b - On c - At

10) Monforte is .................the road to Alicante. a - On b - In c - At

11) He always pays.................cash. a - On b - In c - At

Page 114: Apuntes Ingles

127

12) Arenales del Sol is .................the coast. a - On b - In c - At

13) He is very good .............music. a - In b - On c - At

14) I will see you........Monday. a - In b - On c - At

15) I saw you............television. a - In b - On c - At

16) I heard it........Radio Elda. a - In b - On c - At

17) He is always ......a bad mood. a - In b - On c - At

18) ......the moment things are very different. a - In b - At c - On

19) .......Christmas we eat a lot of nougats. a - In b - At c - On

20) ........Christmas day we eat relleno . a - In b - On c - At

21) He was ........the Navy. a - In b - On c - At

22) They were......both sides of the road. a - In b - On c - At 23) She drives ........full speed.

Page 115: Apuntes Ingles

128

a - At b - In c - On

24) The house is ........good condition. a - In b - At c - On

25) It was always........my mind. a - In b - On c - At

26) My grandmother died........the age of 80. a - At b - In c - On

27) ........present they are very busy. a – In b - On c - At

28) Most people ............Elda prefer to go to the beach. a - In b - On c - At

29) Please don't speak................the same time. a - At b - In c - On

30) I don't work............Sunday. a - In b - On c - At

31) I wake up.........8.00. a - At b - In c - On

32) Aida was born.......1934. a - In b - On c - At

33) I run..............night. a - In b - On c - At 34) My daughters play with me .........home.

Page 116: Apuntes Ingles

129

a - In b - On c - At

35) I look at the stars..................night. a - At b - In c - On

36) My birthday is .......November. a - On b - In c - At

37) The book is.......the table. a - On b - In c - At

38) The coke is.........the kitchen. a - In b - On c - At

39) I am writing .........the blackboard. a - In b - On c - At

40) The chocalates are ............the box. a - On b - At c - In

41) I am.................Spain. a - For b - From c - Foreign

42) They are .............the theatre now. a - At b - On c - In

43) The train arrives......................Victoria station. a - At b - In c - On

44) Please tell me..........................once. a - In b - At c - On

45) I waited for half an hour, and .......................last he came. a - On

Page 117: Apuntes Ingles

130

b - In c - At

46) He is sitt ing...........................an armchair. a - In b - On c - At

47) The picture is .......................the wall. a - At b - In c - On

48) I put my hands ..................my pockets. a - On b - At c - In

49) The shop is ........................Juan Carlos I street. a - In b - At c - On

50) We go to church ......................Sundays. a - At b - In c - On

51) It is .............................the foot of the page. a - At b - On c - In

52) .....................my opinion, it is a very good book. a - In b - At c - On

53) He is...........................the garden. a - On b - In c - At

54) I am living .................a hotel near here. a - In b - On c - At

55) The milk 's ....................................... the fridge. a - In b - At c – On 56) They sat ...........................the wall. a - On

Page 118: Apuntes Ingles

131

b - At c - In

57) They made the film ....................Petrel. a - In b - At c - On

58) I saw them ......................................the station. a - In b - At c - On

59) Mary's not here - she's....................the office. a - On b - In c - At

60) They were sitt ing ............................the floor. a - In b - On c - At

61) The ham is...................................the shelf in the kitchen. a - On b - In c - At

62) The money's.....................................my pocket. a - At b - On c - In

63) They are all......................................the garden. a - At b - In c - On

64) The papers are................................my desk. a - In b - At c - On

65) They are all.....................................the car. a - On b - At c - In 66) He's not..........................................work today. a - On b - In c - At 67) I ' l l see you ........................................Monday. a - In

Page 119: Apuntes Ingles

132

b - At c - On

68) I met him .........................................the holidays. a - At b - In c - On

69) I ' l l pick you up..........................eight o'clock. a - At b - In c - On

70) I 'm going home.................................four. a - On b - In c - At

71) They came to visit us ....................my birthday. a - In b - At c - On

72) I can work ................the morning. a - At b - In c - On

73) Did you have a good time ......................Christmas? a - In b - At c - On

74) School finishes ..................................three o'clock. a - On b - In c - At

75) We arranged to meet ..........................Seven. a - At b - In c - On

76) I ' l l meet you............................the station. a - At b - In c - On

77) He's sti l l ..........................................school. a - At b - In c - On 78) That picture....................the wall was painted by Vladi Monzó. a - In b - At

Page 120: Apuntes Ingles

133

c - On

79) He's................................................the building somewhere. a - On b - At c - In

80) You could phone me.....................work. a - On b - In c - At

81) Why don't you stay........................home? a - At b - In c - On

82) He'l l be...........................................prison for robbery. a - In b - At c - On

83) I 'm studying law..............................University. a - In b - On c - At

84) Is he...............................................hospital? a - In b - On c - At

85) I ' l l see you......................................the meeting tomorrow. a - At b - In c - On

86) We're meeting...............................7.00 on Tuesday. a - At b - On c - In

87) We usually go .................................holiday to Tabarca. a - At b - On c - In

88) What are you doing.........................Christmas? a - On b - In c - At

89) I don't sleep much.............................night. a - In b - On c - At

Page 121: Apuntes Ingles

134

90) What about going to see 'Hamlet "....................the 15th. a - At b - In c - On

91) I’ll wait for you............the airport. a - At b - In c - On

92) My wife is........the kitchen. a - In b - On c - At

93) I was .......the station. a - In b - On c - At

94) The water is..........the fridge. a - On b - In c - At

95) They are........the floor. a - In b - On c - At

96) The book is ..........the table. a - In b - On c - At

97) My mother is.........home. a - On b - In c - At

98) My house is..............the road to Sax. a - In b - On c - At 99) I work..................Villena. a - In b - On c – At 100) The TV is… a - In b - On c - At

101) Come ........., let 's go and watch TV.

Page 122: Apuntes Ingles

135

a - On b - In c - At

102) Teresa's ...........the phone. a - In b - On c - At

103) Please hurry ............. a - Down b - In c - Up

104) ............... last. a - At b - In c - On

105) Hold ......................a moment. a - In b - At c - On

106) It 's always better to try new clothes .......... a - On b - In c - At

107) .........cash. a - In b - On c - At

108) ..............credit card. a - By b - With c - In

109) I have to be..............home. I must study. a - At b - In c - On

110) Would you like to come ............a concert with me? a - To b - From c - At 111) Come ..............about ten o'clock. a - At b - In c - On

112) I was sitting .........the garden reading the news about Elda.

Page 123: Apuntes Ingles

136

a - At b - In c - On

113) I ' l l ring ..............a pizza. a - For b - From c - To

114) There was a very beautiful woman ...................the crossroads near Castelar Square. a - In b - On c - At

115) What .......a T-shirt? a - Around b - About c - Again 116) Yes I went ........a tour in Mexico. a - On b - In c - At 117) The car is .............sale now. a - In b - On c - At 118) I 'm really looking ...............to the concert! a - For b - Forward c - Up 119) They are .................High School. a - At b - In c - On

120) That depends .....your grades. a - On b - In c - At

121) I intend to get a job ........weekends. a - In b - On c - At

122) It looks great ......! a - On b - In c - At

123) This is celebrated ......the fourth Thursday of November. a - On

Page 124: Apuntes Ingles

137

b - In c - At

124) We can have a picnic ..................the beach. a - In b - On c - At

125) He's 10 and he's mad ................Harry Potter. a - In b - At c - On

126) He is the expert ......................computers. a - In b - On c - At

127) How ..............going out for a drink. a - Around b - Aside c - About

128) I 'll bring you a present ........the journey. a - In b - Up c - On

129) I 'm really looking ..........to visiting Berna. a - Forward b - For c - Fast

130) We look ............him as one of the family. a - On b - In c - At

131) Can I pay ........credit card? a - With b - By c - As

132) I must go ...........a diet. a - On b - At c - In

133) If you don't know the meaning of the word look it ........in the dictionary. a - Up b - For c - Forward

134) Perhaps I should give ............smoking. a - Up

Page 125: Apuntes Ingles

138

b - At c - On

135) Many are open ........the public. a - Up b - To c - In

136) It's great while you are .....................holiday. a - On b - In c - At

137) Where did you park the car? It 's .............Pedrito Rico Road. a - In b - On c - At

138) Tommy, don't sit on the floor, sit..................the chair. a - On b - In c - At

139) Where is the supermarket? It 's ...............Dahellos Road. a - In b - Into c - On

140) Inma, please sit.....................the chair. a - On b - By c - At

141) They arrived ................Elda yesterday. a - In b - On c - At

142) I was listening to the news .........................TV when the baby began to scream. a - On b - In c - At

143) We waited a couple of hours......the airport. a - At b - In c - On 144) We play tennis.......the club every Monday. a - In b - On c - At

145) We were.......theatre last night. a - In

Page 126: Apuntes Ingles

139

b - On c - At

146) I studied ........don Emilio's school from 1968 to 1975. a - In b - On c - At

147) I met her ..........a lecture. a - On b - In c - At

148) She studied........Oxford. a - On b - At c - Of

149) She lives.....Oxford. a - In b - On c - At

150) We live......the frontier. a - On b - In c - At

151) Elda is ......the road to Albacete. a - In b - On c - At

152) All the pictures are......the wall. a - On b - In c - At

153) I live ......the second floor. a - In b - At c - On

154) I was born......Elda. a - On b - In c - At 155) We have a house......the coast. a - In b - On c - At

156) I met her..........the croosroads. a - At

Page 127: Apuntes Ingles

140

b - In c - On

157) I lived ......a desert island like Robinson Crusoe for a month. a - On b - In c - At

158) I always travel ..........the plane. a - On b - At c - In

159) I met her......the bus. a - On b - In c - At

160) I found a wallet.......taxi. a - In b - On c - At

161) I studied Shakespeare.........college. a - At b - In c - On

162) We arrived .......France in 1990. a - At b - In c - On

163) We arrived ........Paris in 1991. a - At b - On c - In

164) I live........1 Plaza Mayor. a - In b - On c - At

165) .......the weekend we go to Rabosa. a - At b - In c - On

166) ......lunch time we drink coke. a - In b - On c - At

167) ......the age of 11 I went to Alicante. a - In b - On

Page 128: Apuntes Ingles

141

c - At

168) ......the beginning of the book I didn't like very much. a - In b - On c - At

169) ........first sight I fell in love with her. a - At b - In c - On

170) We became friends.......last. a - In b - On c - At

171) We go shopping..................Mondays. a - On b - In c - At

172) ........Christmas day my family come home. a - In b - On c - At

173) ........the morning I never drink coffee. a - At b - In c - On

174) .......1998 I got married. a - In b - On c - At

175) I like going to the mountains......spring . a - In b - On c - At 176) .......the Middle Ages many cathedrals were built. a - On b - In c - At 177) I 'll be back.......five hours. a - In b - On c - At

178) Trains in Spain now arrive........time. a - In b - On c - At

Page 129: Apuntes Ingles

142

179) You must be ......time for the plane. a - In b - On c - At

180) In the USA everybody works.......nine to five. a - For b - From c - Since

181) Holidays in Spain are.......July to September. a - For b - From c - At

182) All the trains come......Alicante. a - From b - For c - Up

183) We are going .................the cinema tonight. a - At b - To c - In

184) They went .......the car. a - In b - Into c - On

185) We all ran ....................the church because it was raining cats and dogs. a - In b - Into c - At

186) When we go to Madrid we always go......train. a - By b - On c - In 187) The safest way to travel is.......road. a - On b - In c - By

188) We got.......the bus at 8.00. a - In b - On c - By

189) I go to work........foot. a - In b - On c - By

Page 130: Apuntes Ingles

143

190) Most students at the University work ......part time jobs such as Tele Pizza and so on. a - As b - On c - In

191) A car came.......the right. a - For b - From c - By

192) A lorry crashed.......my car. a - Into b - Up c - To

193) .......Christmas Eve we have dinner together. a - In b - At c - On

194) Everybody in Elda is looking.......to the Moors and Christians festivities. a - For b - Forwards c - Forward

195) My factory passed ........the hands of my uncle. a - In b - Into c - To

196) The shop opened......the public in 1989. a - At b - For c - To 197) She is always worried........money. a - Around b - Aside c - About 198) You must always look........ a - Ahead b - Head c - Heading

199) ......Lent people many people don't eat meat. a - At b - On c - In

200) She won't be back......the end of May. a - As b - Until c - At

201) In the middle ....................August we organise many BBQs.

Page 131: Apuntes Ingles

144

a - From b - Of c - On

202) People .......the beach should drink water all the time. a - In b - On c - At

203) I couldn't play tennis because I had to look...........my daughter. a - For b - After c - Up

204) I went for a walk........Castelar Square. a - About b - Afloat c - Around

205) Antonio Poveda gave a lecture.................Roman culture. a - For b - Of c - On

206) The girl........the window is María. a - By b - In c - On

207) You should send the letters ......advance. a - On b - At c - In

208) My father- in-law arrived...........Alicante airport from Italy yesterday. He went to Lineapelle. a - In b - At c - On

209) The tickets for the opera must be booked well........advance. a - In b - On c - At

210) Sarah has a room ........her own and so does Inmita. a - Of b - From c - For

211) You must be very good if you want to get........one these college. a - In b - Into c - To

212) It will depend....................the amount of money.

Page 132: Apuntes Ingles

145

a - In b - On c - At

213) We always play badminton......weekends. a - On b - In c - At

214) Why don't we prepare a BBQ........San Juan beach. a - On b - In c - At

215) My friend is mad......books. a - In b - On c - At

216) He told her to shut......her mouth. a - Up b - At c - By

217) My house is ..................the cinemas. a - Near b - Near of c - Near off

218) The park is......................the hospital. a - Next b - Next to c - Next about

219) Sol y Nive is.....................the bookshop. a - Opposite b - Opposite of c - Off opposite 220) Jesús Ángel is.......Palencia a - From b - On c - At

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. A 11. B 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. B 16. B 17. A 18. B 19. B 20. B 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. A 25. A 26. A 27. C 28. A 29. A 30. B 31. B 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. A 36. B 37. A 38. A 39. B 40. C 41. B 42. C 43. A 44. B 45. C 46. A 47. C 48. C 49. A 50. C 51. B 52. B 53. B 54. A 55. A 56. A 57. A 58. C 59. C 60. B 61. B 62. C 63. B 64. C 65. C 66. C 67. C 68. B 69. A 70. C 71. C 72. B 73. B 74. C 75. A 76. A 77. B 78. C 79. C 80. C 81. A 82. A 83. C 84. A 85. A 86. A 87. B 88. C 89. C 90. C 91. A 92. A 93. C 94. B 95. B 96. B 97. C 98. B 99. A 100. B 101. A 102. B 103. C 104. A 105. C 106. A 107. A 108. A 109. A 110. A

Page 133: Apuntes Ingles

146

111. A 112. B 113. A 114. C 115. B 116. A 117. A 118. B 119. A 120. A 121. B 122. A 123. A 124. B 125. C 126. B 127. C 128. C 129. A 130. A 131. B 132. A 133. A 134. A 135. B 136. A 137. C 138. A 139. A 140. A 141. A 142. A 143. A 144. C 145. C 146. C 147. C 148. B 149. A 150. A 151. B 152. A 153. C 154. B 155. B 156. A 157. A 158. A 159. A 160. A 161. A 162. B 163. C 164. C 165. A 166. C 167. C 168. C 169. A 170. C 171. A 172. B 173. B 174. A 175. A 176. B 177. A 178. B 179. A 180. B 181. B 182. A 183. B 184. B 185. B 186. A 187. C 188. B 189. B 190. C 191. B 192. A 193. C 194. C 195. B 196. C 197. C 198. A 199. A 200. B 201. B 202. B 203. B 204. C 205. C 206. A 207. C 208. B 209. A 210. A 211. B 212. B 213. A 214. A 215. B 216. A 217. A 218. B 219. A 220. A

Page 134: Apuntes Ingles

147

ADVERBIOS • Son modificadores de adjetivos, adverbios y oraciones. Con el verbo ser y los verbos

defectivos, se colocan detrás. Algunos se forman añadiendo “–ly” al adjetivo, otros como: fast, hard, late, early tienen la misma forma que los adjetivos.

Modificando adverbios. He writes quite quickly.

Escribe bastante deprisa.

Modificando adjetivos. It is very cheap. Es muy barato.

Modificando frases. Perhaps they will win. Quizás ganen.

I am just going to sleep for half an hour. Voy a dormir media hora. He runs fast. Él corre rápido. • Los adverbios de lugar y tiempo se suelen colocar al principio o al final de una frase. Yesterday I bought a CD. Ayer compré un CD. I will go tomorrow. Yo iré mañana. • Los de lugar suelen preceder a los de tiempo I met Pilar at Castelar yesterday. Me encontré a Pilar ayer en Castelar. • El comparativo y superlativo lo hacen igual que los adjetivos. Soon. Pronto.

Sooner. Más pronto.

The soonest. Lo más pronto.

Quickly. Rápidamente.

More quickly. Más rápido.

The most quickly. Lo más rápidamente.

• Con los tiempos compuestos se coloca delante del verbo principal. They have nearly finished our swimming pool. Ellos casi han acabado nuestra piscina.

Page 135: Apuntes Ingles

148

• Already, just, now y then, pueden ir entre dos formas verbales. I have already seen her. Ya la he visto. I have just come back from India. Acabo de regresar de India. • Los de frecuencia: always, never, usually, sometimes, se colocan entre el sujeto y el

verbo, pero cuando es el verbo to be, se colocan detrás. I never drink coffee. Nunca bebo café. I always go to Alicante in the summer. Siempre voy a Alicante en verano.

CLASIFICACIÓN FRECUENCIA LUGAR MODO GRADO TIEMPO

Often. Con frecuencia.

Away. Fuera.

Fast. Rápido.

Enough. Suficiente.

Yesterday. Ayer.

Frequently. Frecuentemente.

There. Allí.

Well. Bien.

Very. Mucho.

Daily. Diariamente.

Sometimes. A veces.

Near. Cerca.

Slowly. Lentamente.

Almost. Casi.

Last week. La semana pasada.

Always. Siempre.

Here. Aquí.

Undoubtedly Sin duda.

Hardly. A penas.

Tomorrow. Mañana.

Never. Nunca.

Rather. Bastante.

INTERROGATIVOS

Where. ¿Dónde?

When. ¿Cuándo?

How. ¿Cómo?

How far. ¿A qué

How long. ¿Cuánto

How often. ¿Con qué

Page 136: Apuntes Ingles

149

distancia? tiempo? frecuencia? Why. ¿Por qué?

Which. ¿Cuál?

• Ojo con enough, pues puede tener dos posiciones: I have enough money. Tengo suficiente dinero. I am rich enough to buy a car. Soy lo suficientemente rico como para comprar un coche. • Recuerda RICH ENOUGH MONEY. Enough lleva delante a los adjetivos y detrás a

los nombres. • El orden de los adverbios suele ser modo, lugar y tiempo. I walk fast there in the morning. Yo ando allí rápido por la mañana. • Muchos adverbios tienen la misma forma que los adjetivos. A fast motorbike Una moto rápida. A motorbike that runs fast. Una moto que corre rápida.

Page 137: Apuntes Ingles

150

1) That's ............. a - Enough b - Enougher c - Enoughing

2) It 's not .......................... long. a - To b - Too c - As

3) It 's .........fair. a - No b - None c - Not

4) In the USA there are ...........public and private universities. a - Both b - All c - Every

5) ............... is the University? a - Where b - When c - Whom

6) ............all cars here are automatic. a - Nearly b - Near c - Close

7) It says .......diving! a - Not b - No c - Any

8) ............would I. a - So b - As c - Some

9) I suppose ....... a - As b - So c - So as so

10) My wife feels ..........nervous about driving in England. a - Too b - To c - Tooth

11) There is ...........a variety of things. a - Such b - So c - Very

12) That girl is ............................pretty.

Page 138: Apuntes Ingles

151

a - As b - So many c - So

13) I............smoke......drink alcohol. a - Either-nor b - Neither-nor c - Neither-nir

14) They went he cinema….. a - Now b – Yesterday c - Tomorrow

15) ¿Cuál es la correcta? a - The house is big enough b - The house is enough big c - The house enough big

16) ¿Cómo se denominan a los siguientes adverbios: almost, only, nearly, enough, far, just, quite, rather, so , too, very, etc? a - De frecuencia b - De grado c - De modo

17) ......Horacio and Pepe go to Elche on Monday. a - All b - Both c - None

18) This wine is........Rioja or Ribera del Duero. a - Either b - Neither c - So

19) We ..................speak Valenciano nor French. a - Either b - Neither c - Nor

20) I ....................smoke nor drink wine. a - Neither b - Either c - So

21) His French is very..... a - Well b - Good c - Better 22) My daughters are .......sleeping. a - Quietly b - Quiet c - Quieter 23) They prepare the gazpachos...... a - Perfect

Page 139: Apuntes Ingles

152

b - Perfectly c - Perfecting

24) My friend Tomás is a .........driver. a - Carefully b - Care c - Careful

25) Tom Cruise and Nicole Kidman were.......married until they got a divorce. a - Happy b - Happily c - Hapili

26) He is always very......and sends me a Jabugo ham on November the 30th. a - Kindly b - Kaind c - Kind

27) She is very......in English. a - Fluently b - Fluent c - Fluents

28) We never speak..........about our friends. a - Badder b - Badly c - Worse

29) Inma likes Nesquick because it melts................. a - Quick b - Quickly c - Quicker than

30) She never has.........to buy what she needs. a - Money enough b - Enough money c - Enough monei

31) Everybody has ..........to make the beds. a - Now b - Yesterday c - Best

32) There are.......good and bad methods of learning a language. a - All b - Neither c - Both

33) Everybody spent the afternoon... a - Happier b - Happy c - Happily

34) It was.............understood by all the students.

Page 140: Apuntes Ingles

153

a - Easy b - Easily c - Easier that

35) It had been .........decided that a Ford Fiesta was the best option. a - Quick b - Quicker c - Quickly

36) The party was.........planned. a - Wonderfully b - Wonder c - Wonderful

37) ........it is not very clear if you are entitled or not to inherit the money. a - Legally b - Legal c - Legaly

38) I don't think so...... a - Personally b - Personal c - Personaly

39) He drives.......... a - Fast b - Fasting c - Fastest

40) We always arrive............... a - Early b - Earliest c - The earlier

41) My parents work.............. a - Hard b - Harder than c - The hard

42) María Callas sang .................... a - Beautifully b - Beautiful c - Beatifuler

Page 141: Apuntes Ingles

154

Soluciones 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. A 11. A 12. C 13. B 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. A 19. B 20. A 21. B 22. A 23. B 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. B 28. B 29. B 30. B 31. A 32. C 33. C 34. B 35. C 36. A 37. A 38. A 39. A 40. A 41. A 42. A

Page 142: Apuntes Ingles

155

YET, STILL, ALREADY, DURING Y AGO Yet. Va al final de la oración en interrogativas y negativas. Con el pretérito perfecto, aún, todavía.

I haven't finished the job yet. No he acabado el trabajo todavía. Have you seen her yet? ¿La has visto ya?

Stil l. Va detrás del verbo to be. Todavía. Va entre sujeto y verbo en afirmativas e interrogativas Va detrás del sujeto en negativas. Da énfasis

My sister is still working . Mi hermana está todavía trabajando. I still love her. Todavía la quiero. Do they still live in Sax? ¿Viven ellos todavía en Sax? He stil l hasn’t paid. Él todavía no ha pagado.

Already. Va detrás de to be.

This car is already too old. Este coche es ya demasiado viejo.

Already. En posición final enfatiza.

He has the tickets already. Él ya tiene las entradas.

Already. Se coloca entre el auxiliar y el verbo en afirmativas e interrogativas.

I have already bought the grapes. Ya he comprado las uvas. Have you already bought the books? ¿Has comprado ya los libros?

During. Indica un período de tiempo dentro de otro.

During the summer I go to Santa Pola. Durante el verano voy a Santa Pola.

Ago. Se coloca al final de la oración.

I went to Elche two days ago. Fui a Elche hace dos días.

Page 143: Apuntes Ingles

156

1) He is ..........in bed. He has been sleeping all night long. a - Yet b - Still c - Already

2) She is ................waiting for the bus. a - Yet b - Still c - Since

3) They ..................go to the mountains although they are 80. a - Still b - Yet c - Already

4) Have you done your homework...................? a - Still b - Yet c - Already

5) I am .............working there but I will change very soon. a - Still b - Yet c - Already

6) Has he come..............? a - Yet b - Still c - Already

7) They are.....................playing football. a - Yet b - Still c - Already

8) He has.....................come back from school. a - Already b - Yet c - Still

9) I ' ve worked in Elche ...................six years. a - Since b - For c - Ago

10) l lived here in San Francisco ...................three months. a - For b - Since c - Ago

11) I 've worked in the same factory ...................1970. a - Since b - For c - Ago

12) He's been abroad ...................five years.

Page 144: Apuntes Ingles

157

a - For b - Since c - Ago

13) I studied French .............twelve years. a - Since b - For c - Ago

14) I ' ve known her ..............1982. a - Ago b - Since c - For

15) I 've lived in Elda ...................I was a child. a - Since b - For c - Ago

16) We have not been in Rome ...........we were married. a - For b - Since c - Ago

17) I 've known them ................years. a - Ago b - For c - Since

18) We have been painting the room ...........2 months. a - Ago b - Since c - For

19) I studied Italian ........a couple of months. a - For b - Since c - Ago

20) She has been working here ...................she left school. a - For b - Since c - Ago

21) I have been working in the restaurant ................six months. a - For b - Ago c - Since

22) He has been in prison..................nine years. a - Ago b - Since c - For

23) I haven't been to Tabarca .................I was at the University. a - Since

Page 145: Apuntes Ingles

158

b - For c - Ago

24) I haven't seen my friend María ...................several years. a - Since b - For c - Ago

25) We lived in Villena ........................1950. a - For b - Since c - Ago

26) I have been writing a novel .................seven years. a - Ago b - For c - Since

27) They have been going to England ...................1983. a - Since b - Ago c - For

28) Horacio has been waiting for his wife......................8 o'clock. a - Since b - For c - Ago

29) Pepica has lived in Salinas........................................she was ten years old. a - For b - Since c - Ago

30) They are married. They got married six months ........ a - For b - Since c - Ago

31) My sister has been reading a book ...........................a long time. a - Ago b - For c - Since

32) I 've been swimming every Friday ............................I was thirteen. a - Since b - For c - Ago

33) She is in London now. She arrived there four days ................ a - For b - Since c - Ago

34) Clemente has been writing an article ........................September. a - Ago

Page 146: Apuntes Ingles

159

b - For c - Since

35) Ana has been working in Elche..................................9 o'clock. a - For b - Since c - Ago

36) Rosi has been buying presents...................................Christmas. a - Since b - For c - Ago

37) Maríano has been playing tennis ...............................he was thirty. a - Ago b - Since c - For

38) Jesús has been working in this project..............October. a - Since b - Ago c - For

39) She's been in London .....................Monday. a - For b - Since c - Ago

40) It is raining. It started an hour ............... a - Ago b - For c - Since

41) He has been ill .........a long time. a - For b - Since c - Ago

42) Manolín has lived in Aspe ..................................15 years. a - Since b - For c - Ago

43) That old house has been empty .............many years. a - Ago b - Since c - For

44) Pili is in her office. She's been there ..............7 o'clock. a - Ago b - For c - Since

45) The bus is late. We've been waiting .........................20 minutes. a - Since b - For

Page 147: Apuntes Ingles

160

c - Ago

46) Tere is here. She has been in Majorca ..........6 months a - For b - Ago c - Since

47) I know Pepe. I first met him two years .............. a - Since b - For c - Ago

48) I have a camera. I have it .............................................1985. a - Since b - Ago c - For

49) Laura is studying Medicine ............................1987. a - Ago b - For c - Since

50) I 've been learning English.............................January. a - For b - Ago c - Since

51) My brother's been working in Alicante ................2 years. a - For b - Since c - Ago

52) We've been trying to buy a house..................years now. a - Since b - For c - Ago

53) I 've only been cycling to work......................two months. a - For b - Since c - Ago

54) Haven't you done it ....................? a - Ago b - Yet c - For

55) It 's very early, are you in bed …..? a - Yet b - Already c – Still 56) We haven't seen the new Harry Potter film ... a - Yet b - Already

Page 148: Apuntes Ingles

161

c - Still

57) It 's late and Juan is ...........in bed. a - Already b - Still c - Yet

58) It 's very late and your brother is...... a - Still in bed b - Still in the bed c - Already in bed

59) How long has Pepe been in hospital? ........seven days. a - Ago b - For c - Since

60) It rained a lot.......the night. a - For b - Since c - During

61) ........our stay in London we visited many museums. a - Since b - During c - For

62) He ...........works in the same company. a - Still b - For c - Yet

63) Are they.........waiting for the doctor? a - Still b - Yet c - Already

64) I haven't read the book about Garzon...... a - Yet b - Still c - Already

65) I haven't written my Christmas cards...... a - Still b - Yet c - Already

66) My ford fiesta is.........very old. a - Already b - Still c - Yet

67) I ................know the answer. a - Still b - Already

Page 149: Apuntes Ingles

162

c - Yet

68) The leathers came five minutes... a - Since b - For c - Ago

69) It 's at least five months ......I met her for the last time. a - Since b - For c - Ago

70) I haven't finished........ a - Yet b - Already c - Still

Page 150: Apuntes Ingles

163

Soluciones 1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. A 11. A 12. A 13. B 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. A 20. B 21. A 22. C 23. A 24. B 25. B 26. B 27. A 28. A 29. B 30. C 31. B 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. B 36. A 37. B 38. A 39. B 40. A 41. A 42. B 43. C 44. C 45. B 46. A 47. C 48. A 49. C 50. C 51. A 52. B 53. A 54. B 55. A 56. A 57. B 58. A 59. B 60. C 61. B 62. A 63. A 64. A 65. B 66. A 67. B 68. C 69. A 70. A

Page 151: Apuntes Ingles

164

EL IMPERATIVO • Se usa para dar órdenes y hacer sugerencias o consejos. Carece de forma

interrogativa.

AFIRMATIVA

NEGATIVA

Infinitivo sin to.

Do not + Inf sin to.

Go home. Ve a casa. Come here. Ven aquí. Let’s go home, it’s late. Vayamos a casa es tarde.

Don’t drink too much. No bebas demasiado.

FORMA ENFÁTICA

Do go home. Vete a casa ya.

• El imperativo puede servir para hacer sugerencias, invitaciones, ruegos. • Do se puede usar con el verbo to be Do be quiet. Estáte quieto. Don’t be cruel to her. No seas cruel con ella. • Si utilizamos you indica irritación. Don’t you go. No se te ocurra ir. • El imperativo de la primera persona de plural se hace con let’s. La negativa con let’s

not. Let’s go. Vayamos

Page 152: Apuntes Ingles

165

1) Let 's ....... a - Thinks b - Thinking c - Think

2) ..............that music down please. a - Play b - Turn c - Put

3) Let's ..............a good restaurant, I am very hungry. a - Finding b - Found c - Find

4) Why don't we go to the beach and ..............a swim. a - Have b - Has c - Had

5) Let 's .........home. a - Went b - Go c - Gone

6) Boys, ......................here. a - Come b - To come c - Comes

7) Manolo, .................go to the disco tonight. a - Let us b - We let's c - We let

8) Pepita, ...down here. a - Sitting b - Sits c - Sit

9) ........here at once. a - Come b - Coming c - To cime

10) …….the room before 7.00. a - Clean b - Cleaning c - Cleans

11) Let.................come. a - Her b - She c - Hers

12) Let................go.

Page 153: Apuntes Ingles

166

a - Him b - He c - His

13) Let's......go to the cinema, it 's better a disco. a - Not b - No c - None

14) ......a girlfriend who share your hobbies. a - Choose b - To choose c - Choosing

15) ......your mouth close all the time, only answer if the teaches asks you. a - Keep b - To keep c - Keeps

16) Please.......................on the lights. a - To switch b - Switch c - Switching

17) Don't forget ...............the letters. a - Posted b - To post c - Posts

Page 154: Apuntes Ingles

167

Soluciones 1. C 2. B 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. A 7. A 8. C 9. A 10. A 11. A 12. A 13. A 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. B

Page 155: Apuntes Ingles

168

EL PRESENTE SIMPLE • Equivale al presente de indicativo. Se forma con el sujeto más el infinitivo. La tercera

persona del singular, (he, she, e it) añaden “-s” o “-es”. Las reglas ortográficas que aprendiste en la formación del plural son las mismas que se aplican en este caso a los verbos. Los verbos que terminan en “-ss”, “-sh”, “-ch”, “-“x, “-o“ añaden “-es” en la tercera persona del singular:

AFIRMATIVA Sujeto + Inf sin to

I play tennis. Yo juego al tenis.

He, she, it añaden (s) o (es) He kisses his mother. Él besa a su madre. He watches TV everyday. Él ve la tele todos los días.

NEGATIVA Sujeto + do + not + Inf sin to.

I don’t like cocido. No me gusta el cocido.

He, She, It usan does. He doesn’t love her. Él no la quiere. He doesn’t want to come. Él no quiere venir. He doesn’t read much. Él no lee mucho.

Do + not contrae en don’t.

We don’t smoke. Nosotros no fumamos.

Does + not contra en doesn’t .

He doesn’t cook. Él no cocina.

INTERROGATIVA Do + S + Inf sin to. Do you love me? ¿Me quieres?

PRINCIPALES USOS

Indicar hábitos o costumbres. I never go to the university by car.

Page 156: Apuntes Ingles

169

Yo nunca voy en coche a la Universidad.

Para indicar verdades universales. The sun rises everyday. El sol sale todos los días.

Para planes futuros. The play begins at 8 and ends at 10.30. La obra comienza a las 8 y acaba a las 10.30.

Para contar historias, cuentos, chistes, acontecimientos deportivos, etc.

A waiter asks a couple. Un camarero le pregunta a la pareja.

En el llamado presente històrico. Colombus discovers America in 1492. Colón descubre América en 1492.

Horarios. The plane leaves at 7.00. El avión sale a las 7.00.

Con refranes. Time flies. El tiempo vuela.

• Se suele usar con adverbios o frases adverbiales tales como Always. Siempre.

Never. Nunca.

Often. Con frecuencia.

Occasionally. Ocasionalmente.

Every day. Cada día.

Frequently. Frecuentemente.

On Sundays. Los domingos.

Sometimes. A veces.

Seldom. Rara vez.

In winter. En invierno.

Usually. Normalmente.

He always goes to Benidorm in summer. Siempre va a Benidorm en verano. She never tells me what to do. Ella nunca me dice lo que tengo que hacer. We play football every day. Jugamos al fútbol todos los días. • Cuando un verbo termina en “-y” detrás de una consonante, cambiamos la “-y” en

“-i”, y añadimos “-es”. I copy, he copies.

Page 157: Apuntes Ingles

170

Yo copio, él copia. I try, he tries. Yo lo intento, él lo intenta. • Sin embargo, los verbos que terminan en “y” detrás de una vocal siguen la regla

general. I play, he plays. Yo juego, él juega. I obey, he obeys. Yo obedezco, él obedece. • Debido a su significado, algunos verbos usan siempre la forma habitual al no

admitir las formas continuas. I love you. Te quiero. She likes me. Me gusta I believe you. Te creo.

Page 158: Apuntes Ingles

171

1) I ...................... l ike l iver. a - Does b - Doing c - Do not

2) ...........you like to go to the cinema? a - Does b - Do c - Are

3) What........your brother do? a - Do b - Does c - Is

4) Where .........you live? a - Is b - Do c - Does

5) What languages ........you speak? a - Does b - Are c - Do

6) He............to the University. a - Goes b - Go c - Is go

7) The Harry Potter film.........150 minutes. a - Takes b - Take c - Taking

8) My wife.............at Azorín High School. a - Teaches b - Teach c - Is tiching

9) Sometimes he.......his girlfriend who is stuying in England. a - Missing b - Misses c - Miss

10) There.......not sharks in Tabarca. a - Is b - Are c - Am

11) We........friends during our holidays. a - Visiting b - Visit c - Is visiting

12) In summer, my daughter ...........her friend Rocío.

Page 159: Apuntes Ingles

172

a - Miss b - Misses c - Is missed

13) Laura ........magazines at night. a - Reading b - Read c - Reads

14) The Maths teacher never.......late. a - Come b - Comes c - Is comeing

15) He............the best player in Elda. a - Is b - Are c - Am

16) I ............................... l iving in Elda. a - Likes b - Like c - Liking

17) Mike .........potatoes and tomatoes in his cottages. a - Grow b - Grows c - Grounig

18) Where........? a - Does he lives b - Does he living c - Does he live

19) Which car ................................at the moment? a - Are you haveing b - Do you have c - Is having you

20) What ..........................................for a l iving? a - Does you do b - Do you do c - Do you does

21) I ...............................that this President will win again. a - Does not think b - Do not thinks c - Do not think

22) He .............most of the homework with his mother. a - Does b - Doing c - Do

23) I ..........................l ike Opera, I prefer Jazz. a - Dis

Page 160: Apuntes Ingles

173

b - Do c - Do not

24) You ............................................know him. a - Don b - Do not c - Does not

25) I .............................enjoy the fi lm. a - Does not b - Do not c - Am

26) I .............................want to study French. a - Does b - Do c - Do not

27) Teresa ..........................................smoke. a - Do b - Does not c - Did will

28) My mother .................................wear glasses. a - Do b - Does c - Does not

29) Pepi..............................swim very fast. a - Do b - Does not c - Do

30) .........................you like football? a - Does b - Do c - Are

31) ...................Pepe read the paper? a - Do b - Does c - Is

32) Julia...........................drink wine. a - Do b - Does c - Does not

33) The doctor ...................................smoke at all. a - Do b - Does not c - Are

34) Vladimir.......................................run a lot. a - Does not b - Do not

Page 161: Apuntes Ingles

174

c - Is not

35) My sister.......................................travel much. a - Does do b - Does not c - Are not

36) José Luis.......................................visit his relatives very often. a - Does not b - Do not c - Is will

37) I ............................eat meat. a - Do not b - Does not c - Will do

38) Where ................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .? a - Do he lives b - Does he lives c - Does he live

39) I ...............................…..........much of him as a writer. a - Does not think b - Do not think c - Thinking

40) I ............................to the swimming pool every day at 5.00. a - Going b - Goes c - Go

41) I think he ................................too hard at the moment. a - Works b - Is working c - Does working

42) ............................what he's saying? a - Do you understand b - Does you understand c - Did you understand

43) I can't answer the phone right now, I .................................a bath. a - Am haveing b - Am having c - Having

44) Excuse me...........................................I talian? a - Speaking b - Does you speak c - Do you speak

45) They ...............................television very often. a - Does not watch b - Do not watches c - Do not watch

Page 162: Apuntes Ingles

175

46) Somebody...............................to us. a - Is listens b - Listens c - Is listening

47) She..........................to go home now. a - Is wants b - Is wanted c - Wants

48) How often ........................................a magazine? a - Do you read b - Does you read c - Did you reads

49) I 'm sorry, I ............................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a - Am not understand b - Does not understand c - Do not understand

50) Peter.............................................National Geographic? a - Does you reads b - Do you reads c - Do you read

51) What time ......................................work every day? a - Does she finishes b - Do she finish c - Does she finish

52) They.............................................lots of beer in Great Britain. a - Drinks b - Drink c - Drinking

53) He ..............to the University. a - Goes b - Go c - Going

54) The fi lm ..........................................sixty-one minutes. a - Taking b - Takes c - Take

55) Elia...........................at Azorín High School. a - Teach b - Teaching c - Teaches 56) Sometimes he ...............................his girlfr iend. a - Misses b - Misse c - Missing

Page 163: Apuntes Ingles

176

57) It ..................................always sunny in Alicante. a - Are b - Is c - Were

58) We ...........................friends during our holidays. a - Visiting b - Visit c - Are visit

59) Manolo and Ana ......................the festivities a lot. a - Are like b - Like c - Liking

60) I ....................................................... l iving in Elda. a - Likes b - Is like c - Like

61) I ..............................to the San Juan Beach every July with my family. a - Goes b - Go c - Going

62) Malena ........................................a lot of icecreams. a - Eating b - Eats c - Eat

63) I 'm ........I will. a - Sure b - Suring c - Here

64) I ...........like kidney pie. a - Don't b - Doesn't c - Has

65) ..........you like bacon? a - Does b - Do c - Are

66) ............you like hamburguers? a - Does b - Is c - Do

67) Don't ...............to him. a - Listened b - Listen c - Listening

68) What do you do for a .............?

Page 164: Apuntes Ingles

177

a - Living b - Live c - Liver

69) What does your father ...........? a - Do b - Does c - Doing

70) You really .........celebrate Christmas. a - Do b - Does c - Not

71) I ............you like it. a - Hope b - Hopes c - Hoping

72) I ..........hope you've got everything now, Pepe. a - Did b - Do c - Does

73) Everyone ...........paella and ham in Spain. a - Loves b - Love c - Loving

74) 5.900 ...............insurance and unlimited mileage. a - Including b - Includes c - Include

75) Juan, ...........................champagne on Christmas day? a - Are you going to drink b - Drink you c - You drink

76) Every day he ....................after he finishes at the office. a - Is going to run b - Run c - Runs

77) How much money ........................you spend on clothes ? a - Do b - Don't c - Does

78) She usually ...................fresh bread every day. a - Buys b - Bought c - Buying

79) Ismael ..............20 Kms a week. a - Run

Page 165: Apuntes Ingles

178

b - Ran c - Runs

80) Oscar always ...................tennis a - Play b - Plays c - Is play

81) It ..............a lot in winter in Bocairente. a - Snows b - Is snowed c - Is snowing

82) What ..............you do on Monday evening? a - Don't b - Do c - Does

83) I want you to .................to my party. a - Came b - Coming c - Come

84) I can't .......chocolate. a - Resist b - Resisting c - Resisted

85) I ................................a letter to my friend once a month. a - Write b - Writing c - Am write

Page 166: Apuntes Ingles

179

Soluciones 1. C 2. B 3. B 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. B 11. B 12. B 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. C 19. B 20. B 21. C 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. B 26. C 27. B 28. C 29. B 30. B 31. B 32. C 33. B 34. A 35. B 36. A 37. A 38. C 39. B 40. C 41. B 42. A 43. B 44. C 45. C 46. C 47. C 48. A 49. C 50. C 51. C 52. B 53. A 54. B 55. C 56. A 57. B 58. B 59. B 60. C 61. B 62. B 63. A 64. A 65. B 66. C 67. B 68. A 69. A 70. A 71. A 72. B 73. A 74. A 75. A 76. C 77. A 78. A 79. C 80. B 81. A 82. B 83. C 84. A 85. A

Page 167: Apuntes Ingles

180

BE GOING TO • Su estructura es Sujeto + Be + Going to + Inf sin to. • Básicamente se usa para indicar acciones planeadas en un futuro cercano. Cuando se tiene intención de hacer algo. I am going to visit my friend.

Voy a visitar a mi amigo.

Para predecir algo. It’s going to rain. Va a llover.

Con un futuro relativamente inmediato. She is going to get married next Sunday. Se va a casar el próximo sábado.

Page 168: Apuntes Ingles

181

EL PRESENTE CONTINUO • Al igual que todos los tiempos continuos, está formado por to be e “-ing”. Afirmativa. Sujeto + Am, Is, Are +

Verbo + Ing.

I am reading. Estoy leyendo.

Negativa. Sujeto + Am, Is, Are + Not + Verbo + Ing.

I am not cooking. No estoy cocinando.

Interrogativa. Am, Is, Are + Sujeto + Verbo + Ing.

Are you listening to me? ¿Me estás escuchando?

PRINCIPALES USOS

Acciones no acabadas que se encuentran en proceso.

I am paying my flat. Estoy pagando mi casa. I am reading a good book. Estoy leyendo un buen libro.

Acciones planificadas. I 'm playing golf with my friend Eduardo next Sunday.

Voy a jugar al golf con mi amigo Eduardo el próximo domingo.

Quejas sobre acciones que se repiten. They are always complaining and

asking for more. Siempre se están quejando y pidiendo más.

Situaciones temporales. I’m staying at a hotel because I’m having my house built. Estoy viviendo en un hotel porque me están construyendo mi casa.

• Suele ir acompañado de expresiones como: Now. Ahora.

At the moment. En este momento.

Right now. Justo ahora.

Page 169: Apuntes Ingles

182

1) The dog......now. a - Is barking b - Is barks c - Barking

2) Rocío ............the potatoes. a - Is cutting b - Is cutted c - Is cuts

3) Marta..................in the street. a - Is danced b - Is dance c - Is dancing

4) I..................to my mother's house. a - Am go b - Are going c - Am going

5) Isabel...............a chocolate cake. a - Is eating b - Is eat c - Is ate

6) We..................a fi lm on Tele Elda. a - Are watching b - Are watched c - Watcheing

7) You..................too much. a - Are work b - Are working c - Are worked

8) I am .................my composition. a - Coeing b - Doing c - Duing

9) María Teresa................a new book. a - Are writing b - Is writeing c - Is writing

10) Someone ...............................can you open the door? a - Ring b - Is ringing c - Are ring

11) I ..................................a shower. a - Am having b - Has c - Has having

Page 170: Apuntes Ingles

183

12) Be careful, a lorry ...............................................very fast. a - Come b - Comeing c - Is coming

13) Can you speak up, please? My elder daughter................a terribe noise. a - Is making b - Taking c - Is makeing

14) I ................................at the moment. a - Am smoking b - Smokeing c - Smoking

15) He is ......................of getting married soon. a - Think b - Thinking c - Thought

16) All this noise ....................................................your grandmother now. a - Annoys b - Is annoying c - Annoyed

17) He ..................................... fat. a - Get b - Is getting c - Gets

18) Carol ..........................................................................a lot of icecreams lately. a - Are eating b - Is eating c - Eat

19) We..................................... to the new restaurant next month. a - Are going b - Go c - Will go

20) We ..................................chess in the new tournament. a - Are going to play b - Plays c - Would plays

21) They ................................her at the airport tomorrow morning. a - Meet b - Are meeting c - Meets

22) I ...................................a Harley in November. a - Am driving

Page 171: Apuntes Ingles

184

b - Is driving c - Driving 23) I ..............................him a María Callas CD for his birthday. a - Give b - Giving c - Am giving

24) The new teacher.................................at seven. a - Come b - Is comeing c - Is coming

25) We ...........................some money to charities. a - Gives b - Are giveing c - Are giving

26) You .................................................a motorbike if you pass your exams. a - Has have b - Are having c - Has

27) They ...........................to Majorca with all their friends. a - Are going b - Goes c - Are go

28) He ...............smoking next year. a - Give b - Is giveing up c - Is giving up

29) I ..........................her a new Polo for her birthday. a - Buys b - Am buying c - Buy

30) My friend ...............................................next summer with his family. a - Is coming b - Come c - Coming

31) I ............................lunch with him in La Sirena . a - Have b - Am having c - Has

32) My friend....................................a party next Saturday. a - Is celebrating b - Is celebreteing c - Is celebrate 33) María José and Marcial ..............................married next week in Santa Ana's.

Page 172: Apuntes Ingles

185

a - Get b - Are getting c - Are geting

34) The King............................................Elda during the Festivit ies. a - Is visiting b - Is visitting c - Is visit

35) We ........................................the car on Sunday. a - Cleans b - Are cleaning c - Are cleanning

36) Mike .................................................a new book. a - Write b - Is writing c - Is wrtitteing

37) I ............................with the new boss tomorrow. a - Eat b - Eating c - Am eating

38) The sun ...............................................this afternoon. a - Shine b - Is shineing c - Is shining

39) The waiter ..............................................a bottle of Rioja wine. a - Bring b - Bringed c - Is bringing

40) Alejandro Sanz ...............................................a new album in March. a - Release b - Is releaseing c - Is releasing

41) The weather forecast says it .....................................this afternoon. a - Rains b - Is raining c - Would rain

42) Teresa and Horacio .........................................friends for dinner tonight. a - Has b - Are having c - Haveing

43) My wife...............................................a party for our daughters. a - Prepare b - Is prepare c - Is preparing

Page 173: Apuntes Ingles

186

44) He .....................................a new CD now. a - Listens b - Is listening c - Are listening 45) Horatio ..........................................a shower at the moment. a - Is has b - Is having c - Has

46) I .....................a good CD. a - Am listening to b - I am listen c - Listening

47) I .........................................................how to get to Alicante. a - Am explaining b - Explains c - Does explain

48) He ......................................the violin in another orchestra. a - Play b - Is playing c - Playeds

49) I can't, I .....................................a shower. a - Am have b - Am having c - Am has

50) Sarah, be quiet I ............................on the phone. a - Talk b - Am talks c - Am talking

51) A motorbike .............................................................very fast. a - Comes b - Come c - Is coming

52) These children .........................a terribe noise. a - Are make b - Are makeing c - Are making

53) He is .....................of buying a house. a - Thinks b - Thinking c - Think

54) This music .................................................................your father. a - Is annoying b - Annoy c - Annoyeind

Page 174: Apuntes Ingles

187

55) My friend Juan ............................................fat. a - Are getting b - Getting c - Is getting

56) We ..............................................................to the new restaurant. a - Going b - Are going c - Goes

57) My sister ...........................................................a chocolate cake for my birthday. a - Make b - Is making c - Is makeing

58) I ..........................tennis lessons in summer. a - Takes b - Is taking c - Am taking

59) She .................................with us next April in Cazorla. a - Is fishing b - Fishes c - Fish

60) They ................................her at the airport tomorrow morning. a - Meet b - Are meeting c - Meet

61) The football match ................................at 6:00. a - Starts b - Are starting c - Is start

62) I ................................her a new watch in the party. a - Give b - Gives c - Am giving

63) We ....................................some books to the Public Library. a - Are giving b - Gives c - Giving

64) The children ............................................their holidays in Benidorm. a - Are going to begin b - Is beginning c - Begins

65) She.........................to visit us in May. a - Is comeing

Page 175: Apuntes Ingles

188

b - Comed c - Is coming

66) They .................................to Alpera with all their friends. a - Are go b - Are going c - Is going 67) He................................................smoking next year. a - Is give up b - Is giveing up c - Is giving up

68) I ..........................her a diamond ring. a - Am buy b - Am buying c - Am buyed

69) Pepe and Manolo ................................... in Plaza Mayor at 8.00. a - Meeting b - Is meeting c - Are meeting

70) Calixta and Marcial ...................................married next week. a - Are get b - Are getting c - Are geting

71) He ...............his girlfiend a lot at the moment. a - Misses b - Miss c - Is missing

72) I ...............................the grass on Sunday. a - Am cuting b - Am cutt c - Am cut

73) They ............................... the cuartelillo . a - Are clean b - Are cleaning c - Are cleaned

74) I like ..........................................fresh air in the mountains. a - Breathes b - Breathing c - Breathed

75) I 'm............for a cup of tea. a - Dyeing b - Dieing c - Dying

76) You are ....................me a lot. a - Annoying b - Annoy

Page 176: Apuntes Ingles

189

c - Annoys

77) I 'm .........to report a traffic accident. a - Ring b - Ringing c - Rang 78) He likes ........and cycling. a - Swim b - Swimming c - Swims

79) They'll drive you crazy .............questions about your family. a - Asks b - Asking c - Asked

80) No, I ............................to have anything to eat today. a - Am no going b - Don't go c - Am not going

81) What ..................wine or beer? Wine, please. a - You drink b - Are you going to drink c - Drinks you

82) The sun is......today a - Shineing b - Shining c - Shaining

83) I am ............a Spanish omelette for the picnic. a - Makeing b - Making c - Meiking

84) I like..........everyday in La Ciudad Deportiva. a - Swim b - To swim c - Swimming

85) She hates...........the plates a - Washing b - Wash c - To wash

86) It is worth.........the Shoe museum, Castelar Square and taste the chocolates of Totel. a - Go b - To go c - Going

87) ........to write in English is not easy at the beginning. a - Have

Page 177: Apuntes Ingles

190

b - Having c - To have

Page 178: Apuntes Ingles

191

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. B 11. A 12. C 13. A 14. A 15. B 16. B 17. B 18. B 19. A 20. A 21. B 22. A 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. B 27. A 28. C 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. A 33. B 34. A 35. B 36. B 37. C 38. C 39. A 40. C 41. B 42. B 43. C 44. B 45. B 46. A 47. A 48. B 49. B 50. C 51. C 52. C 53. B 54. A 55. C 56. B 57. B 58. C 59. A 60. B 61. A 62. C 63. A 64. A 65. C 66. B 67. C 68. B 69. C 70. B 71. C 72. A 73. B 74. B 75. C 76. A 77. B 78. B 79. B 80. C 81. B 82. B 83. B 84. C 85. A 86. C 87. B

Page 179: Apuntes Ingles

192

CONSTRUCCIÓN DE LA FORMA –ING • Los verbos que acaban en “-e“, la sustituyen por “-ing“ excepto dye. Have. Tener.

Having.

Come. Venir.

Coming.

Live. Vivir.

Living.

Practise. Practicar.

Practising.

Dye. Tintar.

Dyeing.

• Cuando el verbo acaba en “-ie” la “-i” se convierte en “-y”. Die. Morir

Dying.

Lie. Mentir, poner la mesa, poner huevos.

Lying.

• Cuando los verbos acaban en “-y” siguen la regla general, es decir, añaden “–ing”. Try. Intentar

Trying.

Study. Estudiar

Studying.

Play. Jugar.

Playing.

Buy. Comprar.

Buying.

Page 180: Apuntes Ingles

193

• Ciertos verbos no se suelen usar en los tiempos continuos. Son los denominados verbos de los sentidos.

Believe. Creer.

Feel. Sentir.

Appear. Aparecer.

Consider. Considerar.

Smell. Oler.

Belong to. Pertenecer.

Depend. Depender.

Love. Amar.

Have. Tener.

Doubt. Dudar.

Fear. Temer.

Like. Gustar.

Guess. Adivinar.

See. Ver.

Forget. Olvidar.

Hope. Esperar.

Taste. Probar.

Owe. Deber.

Imagine. Imaginar.

Want. Querer.

Cost. Costar.

Prefer. Preferir.

Sound. Sonar.

Know. Saber.

Realise. Darse cuenta.

Dislike. Disgustar.

Own. Poseer.

Remember. Recordar.

Doubt. Dudar.

Wish. Desear.

Suppose. Suponer.

Hear. Oír.

Seem. Parecer.

Think. Pensar.

Hate. Odiar.

Possess. Poseer.

Understand. Comprender.

Page 181: Apuntes Ingles

194

EL PASADO SIMPLE • Equivale al imperfecto y el indefinido y se usa con acciones concluidas. Los verbos

regulares lo hacen de la siguiente forma: Afirmativa. Sujeto + Inf sin to + Ed

Los acabados en “-e” solo “-d”.

I played chess. Jugué al ajedrez. I loved her. Yo la quería.

Negativa. Sujeto + Did not, + Inf sin to Did + Not contrae en din’t.

I didn’t go out. No salí.

Interrogativa. Did + Sujeto + Inf sin to.

Did you buy the new CD? ¿Compraste el disco?

LOS VERBOS IRREGULARES Afirmativa. S+ 2 columna de la lista de

verbos irregulares. I ate the cake. Me comí el pastel. I bought a new house. Compré una nueva casa.

Negativa. S+ Did + Not + Inf . I didn’t eat the cake. No me comí el pastel.

Interrogativa. Did + S + Inf. Did you eat the cake? ¿Te comiste el pastel?

• Para formar el pasado de un verbo regular se añade “-ed” al infinitivo. I worked. Yo trabajé You worked. Tú trabajaste. • Los verbos monosílabos, y los bisílabos que terminan en consonante, con acento en

la última sílaba, duplican la consonante final: Stop, Stopped Admit, Admitted Prefer, Preferred

Page 182: Apuntes Ingles

195

Parar. Admitir. Preferir.

• El verbo travel es una excepción, pues acentúa en la primera sílaba. Travel, Travelled Viajar. • Si el verbo termina en “-e” sólo se añade “-d”. I lived in Petrel but now I live in Elda. Yo viví en Petrel, pero ahora vivo en Elda. • Los verbos que terminan en “-y” detrás de una consonante cambia la “-y” por “-i” al

añadir la “-ed”: Try, Tried. Intentar.

Cry, Cried. Llorar.

Carry, Carried. Llevar.

Study, Studied. Estudiar.

Acciones que se completaron en el pasado We went to Paris last year.

Fuimos a Paris el año pasado.

Acciones consecutivas I bought a car and went to Paris. Compré un coche y fui a Paris.

• Puede ir acompañado de expresiones temporales del tipo: Ago. Hace.

Yesterday. Ayer.

Last winter. El invierno pasado.

In 1984. En 1984.

I went to Paris when I was five years old. Fui a Paris cuando tenía cinco años. • Con did , do, does el verbo va siempre en infinitivo. Por lo tanto las formas

interrogativas y negativas del presente siempe y pasado simple siempre llevarán el verbo en infinitivo.

1) I ..........................dancing lessons every summer, but now I don't.. a - Take b - Took

Page 183: Apuntes Ingles

196

c - Taken

2) She ................................with me to Petrel two days ago. a - Comes b - Came c - Is caming

3) They ...........................to Disneyland Paris last April. a - Went b - Goes c - Will go

4) The food ............................................horrible. a - Am b - Was c - Are

5) Last summer the weather ......................................worse than in England. a - Is b - Was c - Will be

6) The French ...................................Spanish very bad in the past. a - Speaks b - Spoke c - Speaking

7) We ............................Tarifa last summer. a - Visited b - Visits c - Vistting

8) Sarah ......................a present for her friends in her last visit to Terra Mítica. a - Is buy b - Bought c - Buys will

9) Inmita ..........to a swimming pool in the evenings when she was 3 years old. a - Went b - Go c - Wenting

10) When we lived in Alicante my wife ...........................her mother every night. a - Phone b - Phoned c - Phones will

11) My aunt ...........................................gazpachos in the Culebrón. a - Ate b - Eat c - Will eats

Page 184: Apuntes Ingles

197

12) Pepi .............................to Alicante to buy some new clothes. a - Go b - Went c - Go will

13) We ...........................her in the market buying meat last Saturday. a – Saw b - Sees c - Seeing

14) I ..............................to her and I told her everything. a - Spoke b - Speaks c - Speaking

15) We.....................................a lot in England last summer. a - Enjoying b - Enjoys c - Enjoyed

16) I ...............................in love with her when I saw her. a - Fall b - Fell c - Fallen

17) Mr. García.....................................a new computer for his factory. a - Bought b - Buy c - Buying

18) Lady Hernández...............................her old boyfriend in a restaurant. a - Met b - Meeting c - Meets

19) Manuel ..................................the lesson when I explained it. a - Understands b - Understood c - Undertsanding

20) Marisa ..............................your boyfriend in Petrel last night. a - Saw b - Sees c - Seen

21) I ...............................more than ever last summer. a - Swim b - Swimming c - Swam

22) They .................................to Alicante when they were young. a - Will go b - Goes c - Went

Page 185: Apuntes Ingles

198

23) She.........................in the opera with me. a - Were b - Was c - Be

24) We ............................many museums in Japan. a - Seen b - Saw c - Seen

25) The doctor ...........................................us hat it was nothing important. a - Tolds b - Telling c - Told

26) My wife and I .....................................in Madrid at 12:00. a - Arriveds b - Arrived c - Arriving

27) We ............................to buy the house but it was too expensive. a - Tryes b - Tried c - Tryed

28) She ................................it was hotter than in Alicante. a - Finds b - Founding c - Found

29) They ..........................all the night during the Festivities. a - Dances b - Dancing c - Danced

30) The bus ........................................... in every city. a - Stopped b - Stopping c - Stops

31) It ................................................during the festivies a - Rained b - Raining c - Raineing

32) They ............................to dinner but she feel ill. a - Has come b - Came c - Will come

33) I ........................................................Valle the Elda last Friday. a - Read b - Were reading c - Red

Page 186: Apuntes Ingles

199

34) They ..............................to the cinema at 9.00. a - Goes b - Wenting c - Went

35) My parents ...................................................me some money when I got married. a - Giving b - Gaven c - Gave

36) Before I ................................they had come. a - Went b - Go c - Will go

37) When we.....................everything was ready at the party. a - Arrived b - Arrives c - Am arriving

38) We .................................the present until you rang us. a - Saw b - Did not see c - Will saw

39) The girls .....................................................a present for their parents. a - Bought b - Was buy c - Was buys

40) I .......................................................French before studying English. a - Studied b - Studyied c - Studies

41) We............................................with him the night before. a - Eats b - Ateing c - Ate

42) We .......................................your friends that you were out. a - Tells b - Told c - Was teeling

43) We............................. in Telepizza and Telefónica until I decided to quit. a - Invested b - Nvesting c - Invest

Page 187: Apuntes Ingles

200

44) We .......................................all morning in Rabosa. a - Walked b - Walking c - Was walking

45) I ..........them yesterday. a - Took b - Take c - Taken

46) You .........them in the kitchen this morning. a - Left b - Leave c - Leaves

47) That was the first place I ................. a - Look b - Looked c - Looking

48) I didn't ..........you. a - Recognize b - Recognised c - Recognising

49) what time did you .......................to the cinema last night? a - Go b - Went c - Going

50) Lázaro. ........................in time yesterday. a - Arrived b - Goes c - Arrives

51) Mr. Martínez ......................for a loan, but then, he won the lottery. a - Asked b - Asking c - Askeing

52) When did you ..................your summary of English grammar for Pedro ? a - Finish b - Finishes c - Finished

53) Did you ..................in the San Silvestre race last year? a - Run b - Runed c - Running

54) There ..................only a little coffee in the cup. a - Had b - Was c - Were

Page 188: Apuntes Ingles

201

55) I was going to write but the computer ...............down. a - Break b - Breaks c - Broke 56) Mary, ..........................to the Costa Brava last year. a - Went b - Go c - Goes

57) ......you born in Elda ? a - Had b - Are c - Were

58) The shop was open this morning. It ...at 4:45. a - Open b - Was open c - Opened

59) I ...............at the University from 1980 to 1985. a - Studied b - Studyed c - Studyed

60) I ...............at the traffic light because it was red. a - Stoped b - Stopped c - Stoppeed

61) She.......the big bags in our last travel. a - Carryed b - Carried c - Carryeed

62) We........because it was getting late. a - Hurryed b - Hurried c - Hurred

63) The thief........he had robbed all the jewels. a - Adnited b - Admitted c - Admitedd

64) I ................to London in 1987. a - Go b - Went c - Gone

65) I..........my friend Javi last Sunday. a - See b - Seen c - Saw

66) He ...................arrive late yesterday.

Page 189: Apuntes Ingles

202

a - Do b - Does c - Did

Page 190: Apuntes Ingles

203

Soluciones 1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. B 11. A 12. B 13. A 14. A 15. C 16. B 17. A 18. A 19. B 20. A 21. C 22. C 23. B 24. B 25. C 26. B 27. B 28. C 29. C 30. A 31. A 32. B 33. A 34. C 35. C 36. A 37. A 38. B 39. A 40. A 41. C 42. B 43. A 44. A 45. A 46. A 47. B 48. A 49. A 50. A 51. A 52. A 53. A 54. B 55. C 56. A 57. C 58. C 59. A 60. B 61. B 62. B 63. B 64. B 65. C 66. C

Page 191: Apuntes Ingles

204

EL PASADO CONTINUO Afirmativa. Sujeto + Was, Were + Ing.

I was reading Time. Yo estaba leyendo la revista Time.

Negativa. Sujeto + Was, Were + Not + Ing.

I was not sleeping. No estaba durmiendo.

Interrogativa. Was, Were + Sujeto + Ing.

Were they playing chess? ¿Estaban jugando al ajedrez?

PRINCIPALES USOS

Para hablar acerca de lo que estaba sucediendo.

I was reading when she came. Yo estaba leyendo cuando ella llegó.

Cuando dos acciones estaban ocurriendo al mismo tiempo.

I was reading a novel while she was watching TV. Yo estaba leyendo una novela mientras ella estaba viendo la tele.

En descripciones.

I was riding a car and then... Estaba conduciendo cuando…

• Cuando hablamos de dos acciones pasadas, la más larga se expresa con pasado

continuo y la más corta en pasado simple It was raining when I went to bed. Estaba lloviendo cuando me fui a la cama. • Para indicar que una acción sucedió después de otra, usamos el pasado simple en

ambos casos. Yesterday I got up and had a shower. Ayer me levanté y me duché. • Puede ir con expresiones temporales del tipo: All night. Toda la noche.

The whole day. Todo el día.

The whole afternoon. Toda la tarde.

For a long time. Durante mucho tiempo

Page 192: Apuntes Ingles

205

1) My wife .................................................a bath when her mother phoned. a - Was having b - Were having c - Was to have

2) Inma .................................................to the radio when I came home. a - Was listen b - Was listening c - Were listening

3) Mike ...............................in the sofa reading a magazine. a - Sit b - Were siting c - Was sitting

4) We ....................................in Almansa when my son was born. a - Was living b - Were living c - Living

5) It ................................................dark, so we went home. a - Get darker b - Got darking c - Was getting

6) The dog .....................................when a cat appeared. a - Was runing b - Was running c - Were runing

7) They ...............................in a karaoke when their friends arrived. a - Was singing b - Were song c - Were singing

8) I ......................................................when my mother came. a - Wrote b - Was writing c - Were writing

9) I .........................................................when the phone rang. a - Gotting dress b - Was getting dressed c - Were get dressed

10) The alarm clock...............................................but I couldn't stop it. a - Ringing b - Rings c - Was ringing

11) He ..................................................................TV when his girlfriend came.

Page 193: Apuntes Ingles

206

a - Were watching b - Was watching c - Watching 12) We....................................and it began to snow. a - Riding b - Were riding c - Roding

13) She.........................the food before she served it. a - Tastes b - Taste c - Was testing

14) Yesterday they ..................................................siesta when I phoned. a - Was sleeping b - Sleep c - Were sleeping

15) We ................................tennis when she came. a - Plays b - Were playing c - Wil play

16) She ...............................letters before you rang. a - Was writing b - Were writing c - Writes

17) I ......................................................the press an hour before. a - Were reading b - Reads c - Was reading

18) I ..........wondering if you would like to marry me. a - Be b - Is c - Was

19) I was ................of going abroad. a - Think b - Thinking c - Thinks

Page 194: Apuntes Ingles

207

Soluciones 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. C 11. B 12. B 13. C 14. C 15. B 16. A 17. C 18. C 19. B

Page 195: Apuntes Ingles

208

EL PRESENTE PERFECTO • Este tiempo, al igual que el resto de los tiempos perfectos, hacen referencia a

acciones ya acabadas, aunque también se use para acciones que comenzaron en el pasado y todavía tienen continuidad en el presente.

• Como todos los tiempos perfectos, se forma con el verbo to have y el Participio

Pasado. Afirmativa Sujeto + Have, Has +

Participio Pasado.

I have played tennis. He jugado al tenis. I have eaten paella. He comido paella.

Negativa Sujeto + Have, Has not + Participio Pasado.

I have not played chess. No he jugado al ajedrez. I have not eaten gazpachos. No he comido gazpachos.

Interrogativa Have, Has + Sujeto + Participio Pasado.

Have you played golf? ¿Has jugado al golf? Have you eaten octopus? ¿Has comido pulpo?

PRINCIPALES USOS

Acciones que ocurrieron en el pasado pero se desconoce o no interesa el momento exacto en que ocurrieron.

I have eaten paella. He comido paella. I have visited Paris. He visitado Paris.

Acciones que se han repetido en el pasado. He has visited Madrid many times. Ha ido a Madrid muchas veces.

Con just, indica que la acción ha ocurrido recientemente.

I have just seen my wife. Acabo de ver a mi mujer.

Con ever. (alguna vez) Have you ever been to Rome?

Page 196: Apuntes Ingles

209

¿Has estado en Roma alguna vez?

Con always.

I have always liked the country. Siempre me ha gustado el campo.

Con already. We have already finished. Ya hemos acabado.

• For y since suelen acompañar a éste tiempo para referirse a acciones que

empezaron en el pasado y que continuan hasta el momento presente. How long. Se utiliza para preguntar por la duración.

How long have you been wearing glasses? ¿Cuánto tiempo hace que llevas gafas?

For. Se emplea con períodos de tiempo. Desde hace.

I have lived in Elda for 40 years. Hace 40 años que vivo en Elda.

Since. Nos remonta a un punto concreto en el pasado. Desde o desde que.

She has had the same car since 1987. Tiene el mismo coche desde 1987. I have been wearing glasses since October. Llevo gafas desde octubre.

Page 197: Apuntes Ingles

210

1) My sister ............................................a chocolate cake for my birthday. a - Has made b - Has be made c - Has been makeing

2) He has never ................................................ "Gone with the wind ". a - Seen b - See c - Saw

3) I have ..........................................................paella every Saturday for years. a - Ate b - Eat c - Eaten

4) They have just ............................................around Spain. a - Travel b - Traveled c - Travelled

5) He has ............................................Diet Coke since he was at University. a - Being drinking b - Been drunk c - Been drinking

6) Flavio has ............................................his girlfr iend. a - Forgave b - Forgive c - Forgiven

7) My mother has ........................................in Petrel all the morning. a - Be b - Been c - Was

8) Their friends have .......................................a new job in Elche. a - Finded b - Founded c - Found

9) Toni has ...............................................f ireworks for the summer party. a - Buyed b - Bought c - Boughting

10) Cayetano has ..........................................a new house for his family. a - Build b - Built c - Boughts

Page 198: Apuntes Ingles

211

11) Mario has ........................................................ for the beers in the bar. a - Payed b - Paid c - Paying

12) I ........................................................ for this moment since I was a child. a - Have wait b - Have been waiting c - Have being waiting

13) We ............................in this house since 1997. a - Lived b - Have being living c - Have been living

14) He .......................in Terra since 1999. a - Is invested b - Is invest c - Has been investing

15) He ......................a book for a long time. a - Writes b - Is wrote c - Has been writing

16) Lucas .................................................since last summer in this project. a - Has been working b - Has working c - Had been working

17) I ....................................................this question many times. a - Have answered b - Has answer c - Had answering

18) They ..............................in the same house since they got married. a - Have living b - Have lived c - Has lived

19) We .....................................a single match this year. a - Haven't played b - Hasn't play c - Have play

20) They .............................a lot with this teacher. a - Has learnt b - Have learnt c - Have learned

21) We.........................................many good films, but this is the best one.

Page 199: Apuntes Ingles

212

a - Has see b - Has seen c - Have seen

22) I ......................................................a new TV set this week. a - Have buy b - Have boughted c - Have bought

23) We .................................. "El Cid " many times in summer. a - Have climbt b - Have climbed c - Have climbing

24) He ...............................some shoes for his brother. a - Has bought b - Has buy c - Have bought

25) They ..............................the news in Hello magazine. a - Have readed b - Have read c - Have readt

26) He has.................................................on weight since he got married. a - Puts b - Put c - Putting

27) Pepe has......................................a new apartment in Santa Pola. a - Buying b - Boughted c - Bought

28) Mari Puri has.....................................all the chocolate cakes in the fridge. a - Ate b - Eating c - Eaten

29) Our new neighbours have ............................with us about their problems. a - Speaken b - Spoken c - Speaking

30) My brother- in-law has...................................football in Alicante. a - Plays b - Played c - Playeding

31) I have.............................four faxes today to the Consellería. a - Sent

Page 200: Apuntes Ingles

213

b - Sended c - Sented

32) He .................................his book yet. a - Had finished b - Has finishing c – Hasn’t finished

33) Pepe.................................since last summer in this book. a - Has being working b - Has been working c - Has be working 34) Mary ......................................an affair with John since she got her divorce. a - Has been having b - Have being having c - Has been haveing

35) The neighbour's children ...................a terrible noise since we moved here. a - Has been making b - Have being making c - Have been making

36) Olga ..........................................a picture of her daughter for a month. a - Have being painting b - Has been paint c - Has been painting

37) Javi....................................................a lot of money in Russia since 1995. a - Has being making b - Has been making c - Has be making

38) Fermina....her journey since she knew that we were also going there. a - Has be preparing b - Has being preparing c - Has been preparing

39) We...........................................football this morning in "La Sirmat ". a - Has being playing b - Have been playing c - Had be playing

40) Alberto Navarro .................................his last book for over fifteen years. a - Has been writing b - Has be writing c - Has being writing

41) l have ..........my first marathon at the age of 42. a - Runing b - Run

Page 201: Apuntes Ingles

214

c - Runed

42) I..........................Antonio Maestre since we went to don Emilio's school together. a - Know b - Have known c - Has been knowing

43) I..........................a lot with these quick tests. a - Has learnt b - Have learnt c - Have learning

44) They.........................................................me that she has won the lottery. a - Have tell b – Has told c – Have told

45) We ....................................... to move to a bigger house. a - Have decided b - Has decided c - Will decided

46) How long have you ....................there? a - Be b - Being c - Been

47) He's .............. a - Arrived b - Arrive c - Arrives

48) I 've just....................to the manager. a - Speak b - Spoke c - Spoken

49) Have you ...........my glasses? a - Seen b - See c - Saw

50) Have you .............in the bedroom? a - Looked b - Look c - Looking

51) They have just ...................... a - Disappeared b - Disappear c - Disappeareing

52) There has ........a car crash in Juan Carlos I street. a - Be

Page 202: Apuntes Ingles

215

b - Was c - Been

53) What ................happened to him? he looks very sad. a - Is b - Has c - Have

54) A little boy called Jaime .………….....been here. a - Is b - Have c - Has

55) You have ........a great help to all of us, thanks a lot. a - Been b - Be c - Was

56) I 've .............the CD, but I prefer to see them live. a - Bought b - Buy c - Buys 57) I 've often ............them on TV, but this is something else! a - Seen b - See c - Saw 58) Well, I 've ..............packing. a - Finished b - Finish c - Finishing

59) He has ...........teaching me Spanish. a - Been b - Be c - Was

60) Jaime has never ..................late before. a - Come b - Came c - Comes

61) The Sax train ...........................It’s been half an hour late. a - Arrived has just b - Has just arrived c - Has arrived just

62) -“Have another chocolate”. -No, thank you very much indeed, .... . . . ......too much. a - I've eaten b - I eaten c - I ate

63) Hello, darling, have you ..........................dinner yet? a - Cooked b - Cooken

Page 203: Apuntes Ingles

216

c - Do

64) My daughter hasn't ....................from school yet. a - Comed b - Coming c - Come

65) It was nice to see him again. I .........him for ages. a - Haven't seen b - Haven t see c - Saw

66) ................you done your homework? a - Have b - Has c - Have to 67) It ...........for ages in Almeria. a - Doesn't rain b - Did rain c - Hasn't rained

68) -Where is Clemente? -He ......to the bank. a - Is b - Has gone c - Has went

69) I ..........to London since 1993. a - Haven't been b - Haven't gone c - Haven't go

70) "Tres Superhombres en Tokyo " was the worst film I've ever .... . . a - See b - Saw c - Seen

71) I.........a cigarette since last Christmas. a - Haven smoked b - Haven't smoked c - Hasn't smoked

72) All flights to Madrid...........because of the fog. a - Has been cancelled b - Have been cancelled c - Cancelled

73) He has...................to bed because he was a litt le tired. a - Go b - Went c - Gone

Page 204: Apuntes Ingles

217

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. C 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. B 11. B 12. B 13. C 14. C 15. C 16. A 17. A 18. B 19. A 20. B 21. C 22. C 23. B 24. A 25. B 26. B 27. C 28. C 29. B 30. B 31. A 32. C 33. B 34. A 35. C 36. C 37. B 38. C 39. B 40. A 41. B 42. B 43. B 44. C 45. A 46. C 47. A 48. C 49. A 50. A 51. A 52. C 53. B 54. C 55. A 56. A 57. A 58. A 59. A 60. A 61. B 62. A 63. A 64. C 65. A 66. A 67. C 68. B 69. A 70. C 71. B 72. B 73. C

Page 205: Apuntes Ingles

218

EL PRETÉRITO PERFECTO CONTINUO • Como todos los tiempos continuos, indica acciones en proceso.

Afirmativa. Sujeto + Have, Has +

Been + Ing. I have been reading the paper. He estado leyendo el periódico.

Negativa. Sujeto + Have, Has not + Been + Ing.

I have not been cooking. No he estado cocinando.

Interrogativa. Have, Has + Sujeto + Been + Ing.

Have you been walking? ¿Has estado dando un paseo?

PRINCIPALES USOS

Indica acciones muy recientes que acaban de terminar.

She has been swimming. Ella ha estado nadando. He has been crying Él ha estado llorando.

Acciones que empezaron en el pasado y que todavía continuan.

I have been waiting for half an hour. Llevo esperando media hora.

Puede ir acompañado de expresiones como: the whole day, all week, etc.

He has been working the whole day. Ha estado trabajando todo el día.

Page 206: Apuntes Ingles

219

EL PASADO PERFECTO Afirmativa. Sujeto + Had + Participio

Pasado.

I had seen her. Yo la había visto.

Negativa. Sujeto + Had not + Participio Pasado.

I had not gone. Yo no había ido.

Interrogativa. Had + Sujeto + Participio Pasado

Had she been with you? ¿Había estado ella contigo?

• Equivale al pluscuamperfecto. Es el tiempo más remoto en el pasado.

PRINCIPALES USOS

Acciones que ocurrieron antes que otra. When I had finished all my work, I went to the swimming pool. Cuando hube acabado mi trabajo me fui a la piscina.

• Suele usar expresiones del tipo: Since. Desde.

For. Desde hace.

Till. Until Hasta.

When. Cuando

Before. Antes.

By the time. Para cuando.

Always. Siempre.

Page 207: Apuntes Ingles

220

EL PASADO PERFECTO CONTINUO • Expresa acciones que habían estado ocurriendo en el pasado hasta un momento

concreto. Afirmativa. Sujeto + Had been + Ing. I had been sleeping

siesta. Había estado durmiendo la siesta.

Negativa. Sujeto + Hadn't been + Ing. She had not been reading. Ella no había estado leyendo.

Interrogativa. Had + Sujeto + Been + Ing.

Had you been working? ¿Habías estado trabajando?

We had been studying until her mother came. Habíamos estado estudiando hasta que vino su madre.

Page 208: Apuntes Ingles

221

EL FUTURO SlMPLE Afirmativa. Sujeto + Will + Inf sin to. I will go with you.

Iré contigo.

Negativa. Sujeto + Will not, + Inf sin to.

I will not pay for that. No pagaré eso.

Interrogativa. Will + Sujeto + Inf sin to. Will you marry me? ¿Te casarás conmigo?

• Se puede usar shall en la primera persona del singular y del plural, aunque su uso

queda cada vez más restringido a la expresión de ofrecimientos. Se puede usar will en todas las personas de singular y plural. Tanto shall como will contraen en “-‘ll”.

PRINCIPALES USOS

En sugerencias. Shall we go to the cinema?

¿Vamos al cine?

En promesas. I will buy you the car. Te compraré el coche.

Determinaciones. I will go with you. Iré contigo.

Énfasis.

I will never do it again. No lo volveré a hacer.

Predicciones. They will win the match. Ellos ganarán el partido.

Lógicamente, indica acciones que ocurrirán.

I will buy a Harley next year. Me compraré una Harley el año que viene.

Con advertencias y condiciónes. If you don’t hurry, you’ll be late. Si no te das prisa llegarás tarde.

Para expresar deseo o rechazo ante algo. Don’t drink too much or you’ll get drunk. No bebas demasiado o te emborracharás.

Ofrecimientos. I 'll help you with your exercises. Te ayudaré con los ejercicios.

Page 209: Apuntes Ingles

222

BE GOING TO • Indica planes para el futuro, también hace referencia a acciones que se ve que van a

ocurrir. I’m going to visit my mother. Voy a visitar a mi madre. It’s going to rain. Va a llover.

Page 210: Apuntes Ingles

223

1) She ..................................with us next April in Cazorla. a - Will go fishing b - Would go fishing c – Went fishing

2) She .................................to Petrel next week. a - Is moving b - Is moved c - Is going to moving

3) We.........................................a new computer for the students. a - Are buy b - Are going to buy c - Will buys

4) I ....................................................... in Aspe tomorrow. a - Will be b - Will is c - Will am

5) I ......................................................my cousin in Madrid next week. a - Visited b - Will visit c - Visit

6) They ...........................a new road in 2007. a - Build b - Will build c - Builded

7) She .................................in the team next year. a - Played b - Playing c - Will play

8) I .............................with them to Toledo next March. a - Will go b - Go c - Went

9) They ...........................back at 8.00. a - Is b - Was c - Will be

10) He .................................her in Alicante in 2005. a - Will marry b - Married c - Would married

11) I ....................................to the Yelmo Cineplex cinemas tomorrow. a - Went b - Go c - Will go

Page 211: Apuntes Ingles

224

12) I .............................all my friend s to a paella next Saturday. a - Invite b - Will invite c - Would invite

13) I..........with you if you pay. a - Will eat b - Would eat c - Had eaten

14) I will ........you your room. a - Shows b - Show c - Showing

15) I won't .............long. a - Be b - Have c - Do

16) I ' ll .......the waiter if they have Coke instead of Pepsi. a - Asks b - Ask c - Asking

17) He will ........you a parcel for me. a - Brings b - Bring c - Brought

18) We will ......immediately. a - Come b - Comes c - Cam

19) I will ...............the car tonight. a - Wash b - Washed c - Washing

20) Next Sunday I ....................play tennis with Eduardo. a - Was played b - Will plays c - Am going to play

21) How .......................you go to Sax tomorrow? a - Does b - Shall c - Will

22) -Where.......tonight? -Why don't we go to the new Mamma Luna? a - Shall we go b - We going c - Go can we

23) We ..................go to Madrid to see Beauty and the Beast next month.

Page 212: Apuntes Ingles

225

a - Will b - Would c - Need

24) If you can't water the plants, I ........do it for you. a - Would b - Will c - going

25) ......you look after my daughters while I go to buy the paper? a - Will b - Must c - Need

26) I..........send a letter as soon as I arrive. a - Have b - Will c - Would

Page 213: Apuntes Ingles

226

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. C 10. A 11. C 12. B 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. C 21. C 22. A 23. A 24. B 25. A 26. B 27. 28. 29. 30.

Page 214: Apuntes Ingles

227

EL FUTURO CONTINUO • Expresa acciones que con seguridad tendrán lugar en el futuro. Afirmativa. Sujeto + Will be + Inf sin to

+ Ing. I will be driving to Alicante. Estaré conduciendo hacia a Alicante.

Negativa. Sujeto + Will not + Inf sin to + Ing.

I will not be eating there. No estaré comiendo allí.

Interrogativa. Will + Sujeto + Be + Inf + Ing.

Will you be studying in Elx? ¿Estarás estudiando en Elx?

Suele ir acompañado de expresiones temporales como: At 7 o’clock, this time next year/month/week.

What will you be doing at 7 o’clok tomorrow? ¿Qué estarás haciendo mañana a las 7?

Page 215: Apuntes Ingles

228

EL FUTURO PERFECTO • Indica acciones que habrán acabado en el futuro. Normalmente son suposiciones o

presunciones. Afirmativa. Sujeto + Will have +

Participio Pasado. I will have eaten. Habré comido.

Negativa. Sujeto + Will have + Not + Participio Pasado.

I will not have eaten. No habré comido.

Interrogativa. Will + Sujeto + Will have + Participio Pasado.

Will you have eaten? ¿Habrás comido?

I will have read the book next month. Habré leido el libro el próximo mes. • Puede ir acompañado de referencias temporales Tomorrow. Mañana.

In the year 2050. En el año 2050.

Next week. La próxima semana.

Soon. Pronto.

The day after tomorrow. Pasado mañana.

In the next year. El año que viene.

In the future. En el futuro

In a month. Dentro de un mes.

At 7 o’clock. A la siete en punto.

This time next year: A esta hora el año que viene.

By 8.30. Para las 8.30.

Page 216: Apuntes Ingles

229

1) Barcelona............against Manchester United in June. a - Will be playing b - Will play be c - Will be played

2) Everybody..........at Christmas. a - Will have eat cocido b - Will be eating cocido c - Will cocido be eating

3) I .................................a new car by 2005. a - Will buy be b - Will have bought c - Will have be buying

4) She .................5 kilos with this new diet. a - Will have lost b - Will have loose c - Will have losted

5) I..................my first novel in 2007. a - Will have written b - Will have write c - Will have wrote

6) We ................our house by 2018. a - Will have pay b - Will have be payd c - Will have paid

7) My mother............her new portrait next week. a - Will have paint b - Will be paint c - Will have painted

8) We.............the cuartelillo in September. a - Will be bought b - Will have bought c - Will be buy

9) My friend ............his lecture in February. a - Will have given b - Will have gave c - Will have give

10) I ........................................................ in a new office next year. a - Will be working b - Will working be c - Will have working

11) They ........................... in La Sirena next Saturday. a - Will be having dinner b - Will dinner have c - Will be dinner

12) I..........to Berlín in August.

Page 217: Apuntes Ingles

230

a - Will flying b - Will flying be c - Will be flying

13) We .....................................our daughter next Christmas. a - Will visitt b - Will visitting c - Will be visiting

14) They ................................for you at the airport. a - Will be waited b - Will be waiting c - Will be wait

15) I .......................................................some new books tomorow. a - Will be buying b - Will buying be c - Will bought

16) She...........................in the new disco next Saturday. a - Will dancing b - Will dancing be c - Will be dancing

17) It...........in Madrid. a - Will be snow b - Will be snowing c - Will snow be

18) I ......................tennis this evening. a - Will be playing b - Played c - Will be play

19) I hope I ...................................................the report on Monday. a - Will have finished b - Will finished c - Will be finish

20) By this time next year they .............................a lot with that teacher. a - Will learnt have b - Will have learnt c - Will have learn

21) We ............................all the beer before winter. a - Will drank b - Will be dranking c - Will have drunk

22) He ...............................many countries in April. a - Will have seen b - Will seen c - Will be seen

23) I .............................everything before 12:00. a - Will eaten

Page 218: Apuntes Ingles

231

b - Will have eaten c - Will be ate

24) My friend ..........................................before Christmas. a - Will be come b - Will come be c - Will have come

25) Juan ...............................................a new computer in June. a - Will have bought b - Will bought c - Will be boughting

26) His friends ........................................the new baby on Monday morning. a - Have will visit b - Will have visited c - Will visited

27) The teachers .....................................all the exams this evening. a - Will have corrected b - Will be correct c - Will correcting be

28) Tomorrow my secretary ......................all the memos. a - Will have typed b - Will types c - Had typed

29) By twelve o'clock they will ...................studying English for two hours. a - Have b - Been c - Have been

30) By the end of the year I will .........twenty books. a - Have written b - Had written c - Writing

31) We..........by nine o'clock tomorrow night. a - Will have finished b - Will finished c - Finish

Page 219: Apuntes Ingles

232

Soluciones 1. A 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. C 7. C 8. B 9. A 10. A 11. A 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. B 21. C 22. A 23. B 24. C 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. A 29. C 30. A 31. C

Page 220: Apuntes Ingles

233

EL CONDICIONAL SIMPLE • El condicional se forma igual que el futuro, anteponiendo al infinitivo la partícula:

would o should.

• La partícula should sólo se usa en inglés muy formal. Normalmente se emplea para expresar consejos o advertencias.

• Puede contraer con el sujeto: I would en I’d

Afirmativa. Sujeto + Would + Inf sin

to.

I would go with you. Yo iría contigo. I ’d go to the cinema. Yo iría al cine.

Negativa. Sujeto + Would not + Inf sin to.

I would not pay that. Yo no pagaría eso. I wouldn’t buy it. Yo no lo compraría.

Interrogativa. Would + Sujeto + Inf sin to. Would you marry me? ¿Te casarías conmigo?

Page 221: Apuntes Ingles

234

EL CONDICIONAL PERFECTO Afirmativa. Sujeto + Would + Have+

Participio Pasado.

I would have gone with you. Yo habría ido contigo.

Negativa. Sujeto + Would not/ won't + Have+ Participio Pasado.

I would not have paid that. Yo no habría pagado eso.

Interrogativa. Would + Sujeto + Have+ Participio Pasado.

Would you have married her? ¿Te habrías casado con ella?

Page 222: Apuntes Ingles

235

CUADRO RESUMEN DE LOS TIEMPOS VERBALES

EL PRESENTE SIMPLE Afirmativa. Sujeto + Inf.

3ª p. (He, She, It) añade “-s” o “-es

I l ive in Elda. He kisses her. She washes up every day.

Negativa. Sujeto + Don’t o Doesn’t + Inf

I don’t like coffee. She doesn’t smoke.

Interrogativa. Do o Does + S + Inf? Do you love me? Does he go to school?

Usos. Acciones habituales. Verdades universales. Horarios. Acciones en el futuro sujetas a un horario.

I get up at 7.45. Snow is cold. The match starts at 6.00. The train leaves at 6.00.

Otros. Le suelen acompañar: every day, always, usually, often, never, generally, etc.

EL PRESENTE CONTINUO

Afirmativa. S + Be (am, is, are) +

Ing. I am reading.

Negativa. S + Be + Not + Ing. She is not smoking.

Interrogativa. Am, Is, Are + S + Ing? Are you running?

Usos. Acciones en proceso Planes futuros. Acciones repetidas.

I am readind a book. I am playing tennis tomorrow. He is always talking.

Otros. Le suelen acompañar: at present, nowadays, now, at the moment, etc.

Page 223: Apuntes Ingles

236

EL PRESENTE PERFECTO Afirmativa. S + Have (have o has) +

Participio pasado I have played tennis. I have eaten paella.

Negativa. S + Have + Not + Participo pasado.

I have not washed the dishes. I have not seen her.

Interrogativa. Have o Has + S + Participo pasado?

Have you been there?

Usos. Acciones acabadas de las que no se dice cuando sucedieron.

I have read the book.

Otros. Puede llevar just, for, since, already, yet, etc.

EL PASADO SIMPLE Afirmativa. S + Vb. Regular + ed

S + Vb Irr ( 2ªColumna). I played. I ate.

Negativa. S + Did + Not (didn’t) + Inf.

I did not play. I did not eat.

Interrogativa Did + S + Inf? Did you play? Did you eat?

Usos. Acciones que ocurrieron en el pasado. A veces acompaña al pasado continuo

I went to Barcelona. I was reading the paper and then it began to rain.

Otros. Le suelen acompañar: last year, yesterday, two days ago etc.

EL PASADO CONTINUO Afirmativa. S + Be (Was, Were) +

Ing. I was writing a letter.

Negativa. S + Was, Were + Not + Ing

I was not writing a letter.

Interrogativa. Was, Were + S + Ing? Were you writing a letter?

Usos. Acciones en proceso en el pasado. En narraciones. Para descripciones.

I was painting the gate. The girls were smiling.

EL PRESENTE PERFECTO CONTINUO

Page 224: Apuntes Ingles

237

Afirmativa. S + Have o Has + Been +Ing.

I have been learning English for 20 years.

Negativa. S + Have o Has+ not + Been + Ing.

I have not been sleeping.

Interrogativa. Have o Has + S + Been + Ing?

Have you been reading?

Usos. Acciones que comenzaron en el pasado y todavía continuan o acaban de suceder, Resalta la duración de la acción.

Otros. For y since le suelen acompañar.

EL PASADO PERFECTO Afirmativa. S + Had + Participio

Pasado. I had gone.

Negativa. S + had + Not + Participio Pasado.

I had not gone.

Interrogativa. Had + S + Participio Pasado?.

Had she gone?

Usos. Acciones que ocurrieron antes que otra acción pasada.

Otros. Le suelen acompañar: when, before, by the time etc.

EL PASADO PERFECTO CONTINUO Afirmativa. S + Had + Been + Ing. I had been watching TV.

Negativa. S + Had + Not + Been

+ Ing. I had not been watching TV.

Interrogativa. Had + S + Been + Ing?. Had she been ironing?

Usos. Acciones que estaban en proceso antes que otra acción pasada ocurriera.

EL FUTURO SIMPLE

Afirmativa. S + Will o Shall + Inf. I will go.

Page 225: Apuntes Ingles

238

Negativa. S + Will + Not + Inf. I will not go.

Interrogativa. Will + S + Inf? Will she come?

Usos. Acciones futuras. Predicciones

Otros. Le suelen acompañar: tonight, tomorrow, next year, in a month.

EL FUTURO CONTINUO

Afirmativa. S + Wil be + Ing I will be reading Valle de Elda.

Negativa. S + Will + Not + Be + Ing.

I will not be watching TV.

Interrogativa. Will + S + Be + Ing? Will you be working?

Usos. Acciones futuras en progreso.

EL FUTURO PERFECTO

Afirmativa. S + Will have + Participio Pasado.

I will have arrived at 7.00.

Negativa. S + Will + Not + Have + Participio Pasado.

I will not have finished.

Interrogativa. Will + S + Have + Participio Pasado?

Will she have paid?

Usos. Acciones acabadas en el futuro.

EL FUTURO PERFECTO CONTINUO

Afirmativa. S + Will have + Been + Ing.

I will have been working.

Negativa. S + Will + Not + Have + Been + Ing.

I will not have been working.

Interrogativa. Will + S + Have + Been + Ing.

Will you have been working?

Usos. Acciones que estarán finalizadas en el futuro.

EL CONDICIONAL SIMPLE

Afirmativa. S + Would + Inf. I would go to London.

Page 226: Apuntes Ingles

239

Negativa. S + Would + Not + Inf. I would not go to London.

Interrogativa. Would + S + Inf? Would you go to Lisbon?

Usos. Deseos en el presente o en el futuro.

EL CONDICIONAL PERFECTO Afirmativa. S + Would + Have +

Participio Pasado. I would have gone to London.

Negativa. S + Would + Not + Have + Participio Pasado.

I would not have gone to London.

Interrogativa. Would + S + Have + Participio Pasado?

Would you have gone to Paris?

Usos. Lamentos sobre acciones pasadas.

Page 227: Apuntes Ingles

240

TIPOS DE ORACIONES • Podemos establecer dos grandes grupos: Las coordinadas y las subordinadas. Las

primeras son oraciones compuestas independientes entre sí. En cuanto a las subordinadas una depende de la otra.

• Los nexos más usados son los siguientes: Copulativas. And .

Y. He is tall and intelligent. Él es alto e inteligente.

Both…and.

Tanto...como.

They both teach French and Italian. Ellos dos enseñan francés e italiano.

Moreover. Además.

It rained a lot, moreover it snowed. Llovió mucho, además nevó.

Likewise. De igual modo.

I bought a ham; likewise did my neighbour. Compré un jamón, al igual que mi vecino.

Besides. Además.

I have no money, besides I don’t want to buy anything else. No tengo dinero, además no quiero comprar nada más.

Disyuntivas. Or.

O.

You can stay or come with us. Puedes quedarte o venir con nosotros.

Either…or. O…o.

They are either Italian or Greek. Ellos son o italianos o griegos.

Neither…nor. Ni...ni.

I neither like Wagner nor the Rolling Stones. Ni me gusta Wagner ni los Rolling Stones.

Adversativas But.

Pero. I like Verdi but I prefer Puccini. Me gusta Verdi pero prefiero Puccini.

Not only…but also. No sólo...sino también.

Not only I read Valle de Elda but I also read Vivir en Elda. No sólo leo Valle de Elda sino que también leo Vivir en Elda.

Page 228: Apuntes Ingles

241

Yet. Aunque.

She is pretty, yet nobody loves her. Ella es guapa, aunque nadie la quiere.

Although. Aunque.

Although he is rich, he hasn’t many friends. Aunque es rico no tiene muchos amigos.

Causales. Because.

Porque.

I became rich because I saved a lot. Me hice rico porque ahorré mucho.

For. Para.

She studies for being a lawyer. Estudia para ser abogado

As. Como.

As I had studied French I could travelled alone. Como había estudiado francés pude viajar solo.

Since. Puesto que.

Since they are adults they can go. Ya que son adultos pueden viajar solos.

Owing to. Ya que, debido a.

The recital was cancelled owing to lack of audience. El recital se canceló debido a falta de público.

Finales. In order to.

Para.

In order to be accepted you have to pay first. Para que te acepten, debes pagar primero.

So as to. Con el fin de.

They voted so as to elect the new President. Votaron para elegir al nuevo presidente.

In case. En el caso de que. Por si.

I have an insurance in case I need it. Tengo un seguro por si lo necesito.

For fear. Por miedo a.

He eats a lot of oranges for fear of getting a cold. Come muchas naranjas por miedo a coger un catarro.

Page 229: Apuntes Ingles

242

Consecutivas. So. Por eso.

He won the pools so he bought a new house. Ganó las quinielas y por eso se compró una nueva casa.

Therefore. Por lo tanto.

He has many friends therefore he is never alone. Tiene muchos amigos y por eso nunca está solo.

Which is why. Esa es la razón por la que.

He is boring, which is why he’s always alone. Es aburrido, esa es la razón por la que siempre está solo.

So…that. Para que.

I bought a present so that you liked it. Compré un regalo para que te gustara

Comparativas. As.

Como.

He is as intelligent as his sister. Él es tan inteligente como su hermana.

As…as. Tan como.

He is not as honest as his brother. Él no es tan honrado como su hermano.

So…as. No tan como.

He is not so tall as me. Él no es tan alto como yo.

Similarly. Del mismo modo.

Petrel has nice parks, similarly Elda has nice museums. Petrel tiene parques muy bonitos, de igual modo Elda tiene museos muy bonitos.

Modo. As.

Como.

As a pianist she is the best. Como pianista el es el mejor.

Like. Como.

He eats like a lion. Come como un león.

Concesivas. Although.

Aunque.

Although I prefer to stay I have to go now. Aunque prefiero quedarme tengo que irme.

Page 230: Apuntes Ingles

243

Though. Aunque.

Though he is ill, he never complains. Aunque está malo, nunca se queja.

Even though. Incluso.

Even though he is rich he never shows off. Aunque es rico, nunca presume.

Even if. Incluso si.

Even if it rains I will go. Incluso si llueve iré.

However. Sin embargo.

I liked it, however, I didn’t buy it. Me gustó, sin embargo no lo compré.

No matter. No importa.

No matter if you love her, she doen’t love you. No importa si la quieres, ella no te quiere.

In spite of. A pesar de .

In spite of having lived in France she doesn’t speak French. A pesar de haber vivido en Francia no habla francés.

Despite. A pesar de.

Despite all the efforts he didn’t win. A pesar de todos los esfuerzos, no ganó.

Condicionales . If.

Si. If you need me, phone me. Si me necesitas, llámame.

Tiempo. When.

Cuando.

When you want to visit us, let us know. Cuando quieras visitarnos, háznoslo saber.

While. Mientras.

While I was in Italy I ate a lot of pasta. Mientras estuve en Italia comí mucha pasta.

Before. Antes.

Before I worked in Elda, I worked in Crevillente. Antes de trabajar en Elda, trabajé en Crevillente.

Since. Desde.

I have lived here since 1962 Vivo aquí desde 1962

Page 231: Apuntes Ingles

244

Whenever.

Cada vez que Whenever he comes I visit him. Cada vez que viene le visito.

Until. Hasta.

Until I found it I was sad. Hasta que lo encontré estaba triste.

Now. Ahora.

Now I am hungry. Ahora tengo hambre.

Once. Una vez.

Once I pay the house I will buy a car. Una vez que haya pagado el piso compraré un coche.

No sonner…than. Apenas.

No sooner had they gone than I was asleep. Apenas se habían ido me quedé dormido.

Finally. Finalmente.

Finally I read the book. Finalmente leí el libro.

In short. En breve.

In short they will be here. En breve estarán aquí.

Lugar. Where.

Donde.

This is the house where we lived until 1996. Esta es la casa donde vivimos hasta 1996.

Wherever. Dondequiera que.

Wherever she goes she buys some clothes. Dondequiera que vaya se compra ropa.

Page 232: Apuntes Ingles

245

ORACIONES DE RELATIVO • Este tipo de oraciones suelen añadir información a lo que ya se ha dicho en la

oración principal. • Usan los siguientes pronombres relativos: Personas. Who.

This is the man who came here yesterday. Este es el hombre que vino ayer.

That. This is the man that came yesterday. Este es el hombre que vino ayer.

Cosas. Which.

This is the book which I bought in Martín Fierro. Este es el libro que compré en Martín Fierro.

That. The house that I sold. La casa que vendí.

Posesión. Whose. The boy whose bike is this is Mike. El chico de quien es esta bici es Mike.

Lugar. Where. This is the school where I studied. Esta es la escuela donde estudié.

Tiempo. When. This is the day when I was born. Este es el día en el que nací.

Personas. Whom. The girl whom I loved. Es la chica a quien amé.

Why. The reason why I bought this is you. La razón por la que compré esto eres tú.

What.

And this is what he said. Esto es lo que él dijo.

The thing that. This is the thing that we should do. Esto es lo que deberíamos hacer.

• That puede utilizarse en lugar de who o which en las oraciones de relativo

especificativas (defining) This is the girl that I love.

Page 233: Apuntes Ingles

246

This is the girl who I love. Esta es la chica a quien quiero. This is the car which I told you. This is the car that I told you. Este es el coche que te dije. • Las oraciones de relativo se dividen en: NON-DEFINING O EXPLICATIVAS. • Van entre comas. Añaden información extra que podría omitirse y no alteraría el

significado de la frase. No son imprescindibles para comprender el significado. Se trata de una explicación.

• Nunca llevan “that” y nunca se puede omitir el relativo. My wife , who is a teacher, reads a lot. Mi mujer, que es profesora, lee mucho. DEFINING O ESPECIFICATIVAS. Son más frecuentes y no van entre comas. Definen al antecedente. The woman who came is my wife. La mujer que vino es mi esposa • Who, which y that se pueden omitir cuando no son los sujetos de la oración. The girl (who) he met is Mary. La chica que conoció es María. The CD (which) I bought is very good. El disco que compré es muy bueno.

Page 234: Apuntes Ingles

247

CONJUNCIONES According to. Según. I did it according to his instructions.

Lo hice según él me dijo.

After. Después. They came after I arrived. Llegaron después de que yo llegué.

Although. Aunque. Although It rained a lot the match wasn’t cancelled. Aunque llovió mucho, no se canceló el partido.

And. Y. I like wine and beer. Me gusta el vino y la cerveza.

As. Mientras que, así como.

As he came I saw him. Le vi mientras venía.

As a result. Como consecuencia. He became poor as a result of spending too much. Se empobreció como consecuencia de gastar demasiado.

As if. Como si. He behaves as if he doesn’t know me. Él se comporta como si no me conociera.

As long as. Mientras que. As long as you study you can play. Mientras que estudies puedes jugar.

As soon as. Tan pronto como. As soon as I found it I complained. Tan pronto como lo descubrí me quejé.

As though. Como si. Act as though nothing happens. Actúa como si no pasara nada.

As well as. Al igual que. She, as well as me, will go to Madrid. Ella, al igual que yo, irá a Madrid.

Because. Porque. We won’t go because it is very cold. No iremos porque hace mucho frio.

Because of Debido a. Because of her behaviour nobody likes her. Debido a su comportamiento nadie la

Page 235: Apuntes Ingles

248

quiere.

Before. Antes. I read the paper before we eat. Leo el periódico antes de comer.

But. Pero. It is expensive but I will buy it. Es caro pero lo compraré.

Despite. A pesar. He came despite feeling bad. Él vino a pesar de sentirse mal.

Either..or. o….o. We can either go home or to the cinema. Podemos o bien ir a casa o al cine.

Even though. Aunque. Even though it’s late you can watch TV. Aunque es tarde, puedes ver la tele.

Except. Salvo. I will go except if I have to work. Iré salvo que tenga que trabajar.

Furthermore. Además. He doesn’t study and futhermore he doesn’t work. Él no estudia y además no trabaja.

However. Sin embargo. He didn’t study, however he passed his exams. Él no estudió, sin embargo aprobó sus exámenes.

If. Si. If he comes tell him to visit me. Si viene, dile que me visite.

In case of. En caso de. In case of fire ring the fire brigade. En caso de incendio llama a los bomberos.

In order to. Para. In order to pass you have to study a lot. Para aprobar debes estudiar mucho.

Moreover. Además. I went to London, moreover I went to Scotland. Fui a Londres y además a Escocia.

Neither…nor. Ni…ni. I neither like coffee nor tea. No me gusta ni el té ni el café.

Page 236: Apuntes Ingles

249

Nevertheless. Sin embargo. I didn’t want to go, nevertherless I enjoyed the trip. No quise ir, sin embargo disfruté del viaje.

Notwithstanding. No obstante. I like the shoes, notwithstanding they are very expensive. Me gustan los zapatos, no obstante son muy caros.

Or. O. Phone or fax. Telefonea o manda un fax.

Otherwise. De otra manera. Send us the money, otherwise we won’t send you the shoes. Mándenos el dinero, de otra manera no le mandaremos los zapatos.

Provided. Siempre que. Provided you pay I accept the offer. Siempre que pague acepto la oferta.

Since. Ya que. Since I have been invited I have to go. Ya que me han invitado, tengo que ir.

So as to. Para. I save money so as to buy a new house. Ahorro dinero para poder comprar una nueva casa.

Therefore. Por lo tanto. There is a concert next Monday, therefore I’ll buy the tickets. Hay un concierto el próximo lunes, por lo tanto compraré las entradas.

Though. Aunque. He is rich though not very intelligent. Aunque es rico no es muy inteligente.

To. Para. I went to England to learn English. Fui a Inglaterra para aprender inglés.

Unless. A menos que. Unless they pay we won’t send them anymore shoes. A menos que paguen no les mandaremos más zapatos.

Until. Hasta que. Until I noticed I liked opera I listened to classical music. Hasta que me di cuenta de que me

Page 237: Apuntes Ingles

250

gustaba la ópera yo escuchaba música clásica.

Whenever. Cada vez que. Whenever they feel like, they go to Madrid. Cada vez que les apetece, van a Madrid.

Where. Donde. They stopped where they saw a light. Ellos pararon donde vieron una luz.

Whereas. Mientras. He is shy whereas she is not. Él es tímido mientras que ella no.

Whether..or. Si…o. Whether you like it or not, we have to go. Te guste o no, tenemos que irnos.

Yet. Sin embargo. She is the most intelligent, yet she didn’t win the contest. Ella es la más inteligente, sin embargo no ganó el concurso.

Page 238: Apuntes Ingles

251

LOS VERBOS MODALES • Los verbos modales se llaman así al carecer de las mayoría de las formas verbales.

Se usan para hacer suposiciones, sacar conclusiones, hablar de posibilidades y establecer conjeturas. No tienen todos los tiempos verbales, por ejemplo, “must” y “ought to” sólo tienen presente. Can, may, dare y need, tienen presente y pasado.

Can, could. Poder.

May, might. Poder.

Must. Deber.

Ought to. Deber.

Will, shall. Auxiliares de futuro.

Would. Auxiliar del condicional.

Dare. Atreverse.

Need. Necesitar.

• Tienen una única forma para todas las personas en presente: I can. He can. • No llevan “-s” en la tercera persona del singular. • Van seguidos de Infinitivo sin to. I can ski. He must study. • Hacen la negación y la interrogación como el verbo to be. Can you ski? • No se construyen con to do, to have y to be. Can she go? • No tienen imperativo, ni infinitivo, ni participio de presente ni de pasado por lo tanto

no forman tiempos continuos ni perfectos. Tampoco aparecen en formas pasivas. She can swim. Ella sabe nadar. He must study everyday. Él debe estudiar todos los días.

Page 239: Apuntes Ingles

252

• Usan otros verbos para suplir sus carencias temporales, ya que no tienen forma para todos los tiempos. No tienen participio ni infinitivo.

He was able to go. Él pudo ir. I had to go alone. Yo tuve que ir solo. I must not eat so much chocolate. No debo comer tanto chocolate. Can you tell me the time? ¿Me puede decir la hora? • Van seguidos de infinitivo sin to, a excepción de ought to, have to y used to. I used to go to the disco. Yo solía ir a la discoteca.

Page 240: Apuntes Ingles

253

CAN • Sólo se usa en el presente, para el resto de tiempos se utiliza to be able to. En

algunos casos puede ser sustituido por to know how to. Se puede traducir por poder o saber.

I can swim. Sé nadar. I know how to swim. Sé como nadar. l ' l l be able to go tonight. Podré ir esta noche. Will he be able to come in time? ¿Podrá venir a tiempo? I have been able to finish it in time. He podido acabar a tiempo. Expresa conocimiento y capacidad física e intelectual.

I can play the violin. Sé tocar el violín. I can read. Sé leer.

Posibilidad. I can go with you. Puedo ir contigo.

Tambien para dar y recibir permiso. Can I go with you? ¿Puedo ir contigo?

Puede indicar prohibición en la forma negativa.

You can’t smoke here. No puedes fumar aquí.

Deducción negativa. They can’t be at home. No deben de estar en casa.

Habilidad. I can swim. Sé nadar.

Ofrecimientos. Can I help you? ¿Puedo ayudarte?

Solamente se usa para el presente de indicativo.

She can do it alone. Lo puede hacer sola.

Page 241: Apuntes Ingles

254

Could se usa para el pasado y el condicional.

I could go yesterday. Pude ir ayer. I could go tomorrow. Podré ir mañana.

Sugerencias. You can come with us. Puedes venir con nosotros.

• El verbo to know how le puede sustituir I know how to go. Sé ir.

COULD

Indica habilidad en el pasado. I could translate Italian at the age of 9. Sabía traducir italiano a los 9 años.

Peticiones formales. Could I go with you? ¿Podría ir contigo?

MAY Posibilidad. It may rain during the weekend.

Puede llover durante la semana.

Permiso. May I come in ? ¿Puedo pasar?

Prohibiciones. You may not stay here. No puedes estar aquí.

Especulaciones. He may be in Italy. Puede que esté en Italia.

Sugerencias. If I may say so I will buy it. Si se me permite decirlo, yo lo compraría.

Page 242: Apuntes Ingles

255

MIGHT Expresa una posibildad más remota que may.

It might snow in Benidorm but I doubt it. Podría nevar en Benidorm, pero lo dudo.

Especulaciones. He might be working in a new book. El podría estar trabajando en un nuevo libro.

MUST Obligaciónes morales. I must visit my friend, he is ill.

Debo ir a visitar a mi amigo que está enfermo.

Consejos. You must visit the museum, it is one of the best in Spain. Debes visitar el museo, es uno de los mejores de España.

Deducciónes. He must be out because nobody answers the phone. Debe de haber salido, pues nadie contesta el teléfono.

Prohibiciones. You must not come here again. No debes volver a venir aquí.

HAVE TO Obligación normalmente impuesta. You have to drive with a helmet.

Debes conducir con casco.

Para indicar costumbres. I have to take an aspirin every night. Me tengo que tomar una aspirina cada noche.

En negativa, indica que algo no es necesario.

You don't have to stay if you have something to do. No tienes que quedarte si tienes algo que hacer.

Page 243: Apuntes Ingles

256

SHOULD, OUGHT TO • Son prácticamente sinónimos. Para dar consejos. You should go to the Yemo Cineplex

cinemas. Debería ir a los cines Yelmo Cineplex.

You ought to spend more time with them. Deberías pasar más tiempo con ellos.

WILL Auxiliar del futuro simple. I will buy a sandwich when I finish

this. Me compraré un bocadillo cuando acabe esto.

Predicciones sobre el futuro.

It will be sunny. Hará sol.

Decisiones. I will buy a new car. Me compraré un coche nuevo.

Ofrecimientos. I will do it. Lo haré.

Peticiones. Will you pass me the salt? ¿Me pasas la sal?

WOULD Peticiones y ofrecimientos.

Would you like to come with me? ¿Te gustaría venir conmigo?

Hábitos y rutinas en el pasado.

In 1998 I would walk a lot. En 1998 yo paseaba mucho.

Como a

Page 244: Apuntes Ingles

257

I would go out to the cinema with my friends in the summer nights when I was 6 Iba al cine con mis amigos en las noches de verano cuando tenía seis años.

SHALL • Es auxiliar de futuro, pero sólo para las primeras personas del singular y del plural I,

we. I shall go.

Iré.

Puede expresar cierta determinación We shall never surrender. Nunca nos rendiremos.

USED TO Hábitos en el pasado. I used to sing in the shower.

Yo solía cantar en la ducha.

• Los hábitos en el presente se pueden expresar con la estructura To be used to +Ing. I am used to reading. Suelo leer.

NEED • Puede actuar como verbo modal o verbo ordinario. • Como modal no añade “-s“ en la tercera persona del singular y no admite ni

auxiliares en la interrogativa y negativa. He needs a lot of money to get married. Necesita mucho dinero para casarse. • Needn't se usa para indicar que no hay obligación.

Page 245: Apuntes Ingles

258

You needn’t come tomorrow. No es necesario que vengas mañana. • Need to indica necesidad. I need to consult a good doctor. Necesito consultar a un buen médico. He needs to have more money to buy this car. Necesita tener más dinero para comprar este coche. Para la forma negativa e interrogativa hay dos opciones: Need you buy so much? Do you need to buy so much? You needn't come with us. No es necesario que venga con nosotros. You don't need to come with us. No es necesario que venga con nosotros. • Para el pasado sólo hay una. You didn't need to wait for them. No era necesario que les esperases.

Page 246: Apuntes Ingles

259

1) You ..........................study everyday. a - Can b - Must c - Are

2) The Town Hall ...........................................a new street to Alberto Navarro. a - Should dedicate b - Shall dedicating c - Should to dedicate

3) There's nothing in the fridge. They..............all. a - Must have eaten b - Must has ate c - Must had eaten

4) You ............try everything. a – Can to b - Must c - Need

5) you ..........the receipt here please? a – Can b - Musts c - Shall

6) You ............cry, it 's not worth. a - Should not b - Shaln't c - Won't

7) I. . . . . . . . . . .quit smoking. a - Wills b – Haves to c – Have to

8) ..........I speak to Jorge? a - Cans b - Can c - Was

9) He ..........be very rich, he is driving an expensive car. a - Is b - Must c - Should

10) We ........ be united. a - Ought b - Must c - Had

11) He wasn't .........to see the driver. a - Can b - Able c - May

Page 247: Apuntes Ingles

260

12) Will we...........buy a dictionary? a - Must b - Have to c - Can

13) That ........be enough. a - Should b - Cans c - Musts

14) I .........send him something for his new baby. a - Must b - Has to c - Have

15) We .............................send the photograph to you. a - Will b - Do c - Did

16) I ...........like a window-seat please. a - Will b - Would c - Can

17) Yes, I guess we ...........buy them now. a - Shall b - Should c - Would

18) There's Marcelo and that ...........be his father. a - Must b - Has c - Mays

19) People of your age ............not drink beer. a - Shall b - Will c - Should

20) Girls, you ......................say those things about your friends. a - Haven't to b - Mustn't c - Mustn

21) I........................write to Gema I haven't written to her for ages. a - Must b - May c - Had

22) I think my brother ..................to come next month. a - Cans b - Could c - Will be able

23) I don't speak Valenciano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .you speak Castellano ?

Page 248: Apuntes Ingles

261

a - Would b - Can't c - Are able

24) You ..................have a passport to travel to Petrel. a - Needn't b - Must c - Can

25) Felix, the Maths teacher ..................correcting the exams because he is not here. a - Must be b - Must has c - May have

26) Michael was dictating too fast, so I ...............copy what he said. a - Were able b - Couldn't c - Won't be able

27) Jesús you'd like to go to buy a new computer, .............you? a - Would b - Wouldn't c - May

28) He ..............understand the problem if you explained it to him. a - Would b - Shall c - Will

29) What ....................happen if we didn't go to work? a - Will b - Would c - Must

30) The local Council ...........do something about those houses! a - Must to b - Have to c - Must

31) When you come again, you .........visit The Plaza Mayor and the museums. a – Has to b - May c - Should

32) Come on, boys. We .........win them this time. a - Must b - Have to c - Have

33) They didn't come to the meeting I suppose they ..........have gone to the beach. a - Must b - Has

Page 249: Apuntes Ingles

262

c - May 34) I didn't go to the concert I.............have gone. a - Shall b - Should c - Must

35) This paella tastes very well. Lorenzo ...have made it. a - Must b - Had c - Has

36) I haven't seen María Luisa since Christmas. She.................be in New York. a - Must b - Can c - Shall

37) He........to find the restaurant after asking two or three times. a - Was able b - Couldn't c - Could

38) This book ..........at home. a - Must be read b - Have to be raed c - Has to bee read

39) It .......snow in "El Cid " but it is not very probable. a - May b - Might c - May be

40) It........rain tomorrow. a - May b - Must c - Can

41) We........some money to buy a new fridge. Can we borrow from you? a - Need b - Must c - May

42) You .......speak like this to your parents. a - Shalls b - Shouldn't c - Shall

43) I would........to have a better bike. a - Like b - To like c - Liking

44) Elda Shoes, .......I help you? a - Need b - Can

Page 250: Apuntes Ingles

263

c - Must

45) I .....................buy the bread if you don't give me the money. a - Must b - Can't c - Can

46) You ........teach me how to prepare a paella. a - Ought b - Must c - Need

47) Your aunt is ill. We ........visit her. a - Can b - Should to c - Should

48) You ......go to bed. You look very tired. a - Should b - Should to c - Ought

49) We ought not to visit her. She........study. a - Has b - Must c - Have

50) “Thou........not kill” is one of the ten commandments that God gave us. a - Will b - Shall c - Shan't

51) ........we go to Panoramis? a - Able to b - Sahll c - Shall

52) I promise that you ........have a motorbike if you pass all your exams. a - Shall b - Would c - Wont

53) Students .........not use mobile phones during the lessons. a - Will b - Shall c - Wont

54) No smoking.........be allowed in all the premises. a - Will b - Shall c - Is

55) He ...........to have gone to Menorca instead of Ibiza. a - Ought b - Ouhgt c - Outhgt

Page 251: Apuntes Ingles

264

56) You.........to visit your grandmother more often. a - Shall b - Should c - Ought

57) ........you like to come with us to the cinema? a - Will b - Shall c - Would

58) When my mother was young my grandmother ........look after her. a - Used b - Would c - To

59) You........treat everybody with respect. a - Has b - Should c - Will

60) If you.......see her tell her to phone me. a - Should b - Will c - Would

61) You ........visit the dentist twice a year. a - Would b - Should c - Shall

62) Why......you want to buy this? if it is of no use. a - Shall b - Will c - Should

63) The man with the moustache and the golden watch........be his father. a - Must b - Can c - Need

64) You ..................smoke in the classes, it is forbidden. a - Must not b - Must c - Can

65) It .................rain tonight. It is very dark. a - May b - Mays c - Mights

66) I .................................not go because I have not been invited. a - May b - Mei c - Can

Page 252: Apuntes Ingles

265

Soluciones 1. B 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. B 11. B 12. B 13. A 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. A 19. C 20. B 21. A 22. C 23. B 24. A 25. A 26. B 27. B 28. A 29. B 30. C 31. C 32. A 33. A 34. B 35. A 36. A 37. A 38. A 39. B 40. A 41. A 42. B 43. A 44. B 45. B 46. B 47. C 48. A 49. B 50. B 51. C 52. A 53. B 54. B 55. A 56. C 57. C 58. B 59. B 60. A 61. B 62. C 63. A 64. A 65. A 66. A

Page 253: Apuntes Ingles

266

TABLA RESUMEN DE LOS VERBOS MODALES Can. Habilidades.

Petición de permiso. Imposibilidad.

I can swim. Can I come in? He can’t go now.

Could. Habilidad en el pasado. Posibilidad. Imposibilidad. Sugerencias.

He could read Russian. They could be in Tokyo. I couldn’t buy the car. You could try next year.

May. Posibilidad. Permiso. Prohibición

It may rain tomorrow. May I come in? You may not smoke here.

Might. Posibilidad remota. It might snow. Will. Predicciones.

Decisiones. They will come. I will buy a Harley.

Would. Peticiones formales. Acciones pasadas. Preferencias.

Would you marry me? I would play tennis when I was 10. I would rather go to the cinema.

Shall. Peticiones formales. Acciones futuras.

Shall I open the window? I shall visit her.

Should Ought to.

Consejos. You should buy her a diamond.

Must. Obligación. Prohibiciones.

I must study. You must not go with that boy.

Have to. Obligaciones impuestas. You have to drive on the right. Be able to. Habilidades. He is able to make a cake. Must, can’t have + PP.

Deducciones. They must have bought a new house. They can’t have come here this morning.

May, might Could, + Have + Participio Pasado.

Deducciones donde no tenemos mucha seguridad.

They may have gone. She could have seen her.

Need. Necesidad. You are going to need a lot of help.

Needn’t. Ausencia de necesidad. You needn’t come tomorrow.

QUESTION TAGS (COLETILLAS) • Son preguntas que sirven para confirmar una suposición. Tienen dos partes, si la

primera es afirmativa, la segunda será negativa. Si la primera es negativa, la segunda será afirmativa. Las frases con verbos auxiliares o defectivos forman la coletilla con el mismo verbo.

Page 254: Apuntes Ingles

267

You are from Petrel, aren't you? Tú eres de Petrel, ¿no es cierto? You aren’t from Petrel, are you? Tú no eres de Petrel, ¿verdad? She isn’t from Sax, is she? Ella no es de Sax, ¿verdad? He has a Harley, hasn't he? El tiene una Harley, ¿no es cierto? You can swim, can't you? Tú sabes nadar, ¿verdad? She couldn't run fast, could she? Ella no podía correr deprisa, ¿no es cierto? • Con los demás verbos se usan las partículas do, does, en presente. You study every day, don't you? Tú estudias todos los días, ¿no? She plays golf, doesn't she? Ella juega al golf ¿verdad? You don't speak Chinese, do you? Tú no sabes hablar chino ¿verdad? She doesn't write very well, does she? Ella no escribe muy bien. ¿verdad? • En pasado se usa did . You went to Milan, didn't you? Fuiste a Milán, ¿no es verdad? She prepared a paella, didn't she? Ella hizo la paella, ¿verdad? • En futuro se usa will y won't. They will come tomorrow, won't they? Vendrán mañana, ¿no es cierto? They won't come tomorrow, will they? No vendrán mañana, ¿verdad?

Page 255: Apuntes Ingles

268

• En condicional se usa would. They would buy it if they could, wouldn't they? Ellos lo comprarían si pudieran, ¿verdad? She wouldn't buy it, would she? Ella no lo compraría, ¿verdad?

Page 256: Apuntes Ingles

269

SAY Y TELL • Tienen el mismo siginificado, decir y contar. To tell debe ir acompañado de un

complemento indirecto, mientras que to say tan solo necesita un complemento directo. I told her your story Le conté a ella tu historia. I told your story to her. Le conté tu historia a ella. I said that I was going to move to Sax. Dije que me iba a ir a vivir a Sax.

Page 257: Apuntes Ingles

270

1) What did the teacher ........yesterday? a - Say b - Tell c - Said

2) What did your mother .......to you? a - Say b - Tell c - Speak

3) Please ...............what happened? a - Say b - Tell c - Speak

4) I wil l never....................a l ie. a - Say b - Tell c - Count

5) Will you please ................us all the truth? a - Say b - Tell c - Speak

6) He didn't ...................anything. a - Say b - Tell c - Count

7) Yesterday Mr García .......it was going to rain. a - Say b - Said c - Tells

8) .........a joke. a - Say b - Tell c - Count

9) You've ........me that at least six times today. a - Tell b - Tollen c - Told

10) She is always asking you to .........her words in Italian. a - Say b - Tell c - Speak

11) My mother wants to see Sarah.................to come her at once. a - Tell her b - Let her c - Let she

Page 258: Apuntes Ingles

271

12) Did Pedro Civera ........anything about the exams? a - Tell b - Speak c - Say

13) ........me what happened yesterday. a - Say b - Tell c - Speak

14) Don't..........you don't like good wine. a - Say b - Tell c - Speak

15) I........my mother I wanted to be an artist. a - Said b - Told c - Spoke

16) What did she........? a - Say b - Tell c - Speak

17) He.........that he wants to go to Alicante. a - Tells b - Says c - Speaks

18) Don't ........it to your friends. a - Say b - Tell c - Speak

19) I.........my daughter a story every night. a - Speak b - Say c - Tell

20) She never..........lies. a - Says b - Tells c - Speaks

21) We always...............the truth. a - Tell b - Speak c - Say

22) I ...............them I was going to Australia. a - Told b - Tell c – Said

Page 259: Apuntes Ingles

272

23) He........his wife he had had an affair with her best friend. a - Said b - Told c - Spoke

24) .......me the truth please. a - Say b - Speak c - Tell

25) They.......................that it was very cold in Disneyland Paris. a - Said b - Sayd c - Told

26) He ...........to the waiter that the wine was not very good. a - Told b - Said c - Sayd

27) He......so. a - Said b - Say c - Told

28) She always......us the story of her childhood in Salinas. a - Tell b - Tells c - Says

29) It is not easy to.........how it all began. a - Say b - Count c - Speak

30) He ...........the secretary to send the faxes. a - Told b - Said c - Order

31) My mother ....... "Let's visit the cousins " a - Said b - Told c - Sayd

32) I know two twin sisters in the Plaza Mayor who are very difficult to...................one from the other. a - Tell b - Say c - Mutter

33) Life is not easy. You can never..........what is going to happen. a - Say b - Tell c - Knows

Page 260: Apuntes Ingles

273

34) When I went to England, a friend .....................me my fortune. a - Said b - Told c - Explaind

35) "It has been the best day of my life "......my sister. a - Told b - Said c - Gueses

36) The teacher......to the class that they should work more. a - Said b - Told c - Manded

37) It goes without........ a - Telling b - Saying c - Explainig

Page 261: Apuntes Ingles

274

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. B 11. A 12. C 13. B 14. A 15. B 16. A 17. B 18. B 19. C 20. B 21. A 22. A 23. B 24. C 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. B 29. A 30. A 31. A 32. A 33. B 34. B 35. B 36. A 37. B

Page 262: Apuntes Ingles

275

MAKE Y DO • Estos dos verbos comparten el significado de hacer y para cuyo uso no existen reglas

aunque to make tiene el matiz de fabricar, construir y to do se emplea con un sentido más general. Por lo tanto se deben aprender ciertas expresiones.

MAKE

DO

Everybody makes mistakes. Todo el mundo comete errores.

I always do the ironing. Siempre plancho.

He is always making friends. Siempre está haciendo amigos.

How do you do? ¿Cómo estás?

He makes a lot of noise. Hace mucho ruido.

I do the cooking. Cocino.

I´m going to make you my last offer. Te voy a hacer mi última oferta.

We do business with Japan. Hacemos negocios con Japón.

I make many telephone calls. Yo hago muchas llamadas.

His son is doing badly at university. A su hijo le va mal en la universidad.

I make the beds in the morning. Hago las camas por la mañana.

He does well in his job. Lo hace bien en su trabajo.

Make me a promise. Prométemelo.

I do the dusting on Tuesday. Quito el polvo los martes.

She is making coffee. Está preparando café

My sister does the washing up. Mi hermana lava los platos.

She made a fortune in Cuba. Hizo una fortuna en Cuba.

She did her hair yesterday. Se arregló el pelo ayer.

These shoes are made in Elda. Estos zapatos están hechos en Elda.

She does the housework. Ella hace las tareas del hogar.

They have made a lot of money. Han hecho mucho dinero.

We do the shopping on Saturday. Hacemos la compra el sábado.

They made a good choice. Hicieron una buena elección.

They did me a favour. Me hicieron un favor.

They made fun of the new pupil. Se rieron del nuevo alumno.

This will do you good. Esto te sentará bien.

Page 263: Apuntes Ingles

276

They made us wait. Nos hicieron esperar.

This pill won’t do you any harm. Esta pastilla no te hará mal.

We made a complaint yesterday. Nos quejamos ayer.

I will do the cleaning. Haré la limpieza.

We made sure everything was OK. Nos aseguramos de que todo estaba bien.

Everyday I do the washing. Cada día hago la colada.

You have to make a decision. Tienes que decidirte.

Englishmen do the gardening on Sunday Los ingleses arreglan el jardín los domingos.

You will have to make an effort. Tendrás que hacer un esfuerzo.

He doesn’t do any exercise. No hace nada de ejercicio.

Make arrangements, we are going to Paris. Haz los preparativos, nos vamos a Paris.

She is doing up the house. Está decorando la casa.

The Mayor made a good speech. El alcalde hizo un buen discurso.

Make up your mind and buy the house. Decídete y cómprate el piso.

They made love. Hicieron el amor.

They made war. Hicieron la guerra.

Page 264: Apuntes Ingles

277

1) What is she.....................in summer? a - Making b - Does c - Doing

2) Is there anyhing to.....................here in this city? a - Do b - Make c - Making

3) I hate ........................the housework. a - Doing b - Making c - Do

4) I am .........................my exercises now. a - Doing b - Making c - Does

5) I always.....................my bed. a - Make b - Do c - Doing

6) They were....................a fire yesterday. a – Made b - Making c - Doing

7) If you want to................progress you have to study a lot. a - Made b - Make c - Do

8) The first thing that you must.....................is your homework. a - Do b - Make c - Does

9) I never..................coffee. a - Do b - Make c - Does

10) I prefer...................the shopping. a - Doing b - Making c - Diding

11) Elena always.....................the ironing. a - Does b - Makes c - To make

12) You have to......................room for another desk.

Page 265: Apuntes Ingles

278

a - Do b - Make c - Does

13) They always...................so much noise!!! a - Make b - Do c - Does

14) He ............a very good speech in Novelda about Gaudí. a - Made b - Did c - Do

15) Why don't we.....................a cake? a - Do b - Make c - Does

16) They..................friends very soon. a - Do b - Make c - Does

17) Hippies said. "...............love not war " a - Do b - Make c - Does

18) I was................the washing up when my boss phoned me. a - Doing b - Making c - Diding

19) It will ............you good to go to the beach. a - Do b - Make c - Does

20) You must .........it for us. a - Make b - Makes c - Made

21) I 'm ..............the Christmas cake. a - Making b - Doing c - Madeing

22) .................sure you have everything you need. a - Is b - Make c - Do

Page 266: Apuntes Ingles

279

23) All right, but .........sure you put plenty of suncream on or you will get burnt. a - Do b - Are c - Make

24) I 'm going to ....................coffee. a - Made b - Do c - Make

25) You should ......an effort now. a - Make b - Do c - Made

26) People ...........a lot of money selling shoes to The USA in the 60s. a - Made b - Make c - Did

27) ......sure everything is in order. a - Make b - Do c - Is

28) I have................the decision of going back to teaching again. a - Do b - Done c - Made

29) She is always........................friends. a - Doing b - Made c - Making

30) My daughters..................so much noise! a - Do b - Make c - Making

31) I............some cakes for my guests. a - Did b - Made c - Maded

32) What are you..................? -Just reading the paper. a - Making b - Doing c - Make

33) The doctor always .................wait a lot. a - Does b – Makes c - Making

Page 267: Apuntes Ingles

280

Soluciones 1. C 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. A 11. A 12. B 13. A 14. A 15. B 16. B 17. B 18. A 19. A 20. A 21. A 22. B 23. C 24. C 25. A 26. A 27. A 28. C 29. C 30. B 31. B 32. B 33. B

Page 268: Apuntes Ingles

281

EXCLAMACIONES • Las oraciones exclamativas pueden tener alguna de las siguientes estructuras. What a. Se usa con sustantivos.

What a yacht. Qué yate.

También con adjetivos What a pretty girl. Qué chica tan guapa.

What. Se usa con plurales e incontables.

What pretty girls. Qué chicas tan guapas. What horribe films. Qué películas más malas. What weather. Qué tiempo.

How. Se usa con adjetivos y adverbios.

How beautiful. Qué guapa. How fast. Qué rápido.

Oraciones interrogativas negativas. Isn’t he the perfect football player? ¿No es él el perfecto jugador de fútbol?

Page 269: Apuntes Ingles

282

ORACIONES CONDICIONALES • Describen situaciones hipotéticas. Podemos distinguir básicamente tres tipos de

oraciones condicionales: el primer tipo plantea situciones reales. El segundo, indica hipótesis, deseos difíciles de conseguir pero posibles. El tercer tipo, hace referencia a situaciones e hipótesis irreales e imposibles en el pasado, imposibles de conseguir.

PRIMER TIPO

SEGUNDO TIPO TERCER TIPO

Acciones probables que se refieren al presente o al futuro.

Acciones improbables y situaciones hipotéticas.

Acciones imposibles.

Si llueve me mojo. Si lloviera me mojaría. Si hubiera llovido me habría mojado.

• No importa qué oración se pone primero, pero sí la condición es la primera se

deben separar entre comas. If you play tennis, buy good tennis shoes. Si juegas al tenis, cómprate una buenas zapatillas. Primer tipo: If + presente + presente. También podemos tener: If + presente + futuro.

If I eat chocolate, I get fat. Si como chocolate engordo. If I eat chocolate, I will get fat. Si como chocolate engordaré.

Segundo tipo: If + pasado simple + conditional simple.

If I ate chocolate, I would get fat. Si comiera chocolate engordaría.

Tercer tipo: If + pasado perfecto + condicional perfecto.

If I had eaten chocolate, I would have get fat. Si hubiera comido chocolate habría engordado.

• En el primer tipo se trata de una referencia al futuro donde cualquiera de las dos

acciones puede ir en primer lugar. Indica verdades universales y consecuciones lógicas de acontecimietos. Son acciones que pueden ocurrir.

If he doesn’t pay, he’ll have to face the music. Si no paga, tendrá que afrontar las consecuencias.

Page 270: Apuntes Ingles

283

Existen otras posibles combinaciones: If + presente + modal. If I finish early I can go.

Si acabo pronto podré ir.

should + imperativo. Should you see her give her my regards. Si la ves, dale recuerdos.

Imperativo + conjunction + clause Stop shouting or I will get angry. Para de gritar o me enfadaré.

Unless se suele emplear en lugar de if not. We won’t go out unless you pay. No nos iremos a menos de que pagues.

Con imperativo. If you are hungry, eat something ! Si tienes hambre, come. Travel the world if you want to be wise. Si quieres ser sabio, viaja.

• Cualquiera de las dos oraciones puede ir colocada en primer lugar, pero si la

subordinada que empieza con if va la primera, debe ir seguida de coma. Las oraciones del segundo tipo expresan acciones que pueden ocurrir. Expresan deseos y anhelos. If el Fari came here, I would ask for an autograph. Si el Fari viniera le pediría un autográfo. • También se usan para dar consejos. If I were you, I wouldn’t go out with him. Yo de tí no iría con él. • Were se puede usar en lugar de was. No hay diferencia en el significado, pero were

es más formal, y se usa para posibilidades remotas: If I were rich, I would not buy a yacht. Si fuera rico no me compraría un yate. • También expresan esperanzas y deseos. If I could, I would go to Mexico. Si pudiera, iría a Méjico.

Page 271: Apuntes Ingles

284

• Este tipo suele referirse al presente. • Could y might se pueden usar en lugar de would. • Las oraciones del tercer tipo hacen referencia a acciones imposibles de realizar, pues

son hipótesis en el pasado, lamentos, etc. If I had met her, I would have told you. Si la hubiera visto, te lo habría dicho.

OTRAS FORMAS DE CONDICIONALES: Suppose. Suppose you are rich, would you live

in a big house? Suponiendo que fueras rico, ¿Vivirías en una casa grande? Suppose he comes, would you visit him? Supón que viene, ¿le visitarías?

Supposing. Supposing you find a wallet with money, what will you do? Suponiendo que encuentras una cartera con dinero, ¿Qué harías?

As long as. You could go as long as you pay your part. Podrás ir mientras pagues tu parte.

On the condition that. On the condition that you pay you can be with us. Con la condición de que pagues puedes estar con nosotros.

Provided. Provided you want it I will give it to you. Si lo quieres te lo daré.

Page 272: Apuntes Ingles

285

1) If you eat all these cakes you...............................................i l l. a - Are b - Will be c - Is

2) If I want to go with you I ...............................................you tonight. a - Would telephone b - Will telephone c - Had telephoned

3) If you had read Mortadelo you.........a good time. a - Would have had b - Will have had c - Will had have

4) If you clean my bike I .............................you to go to the cinema. a - Invites b - Invite c - Invited

5) I .........................you my car if you pay the petrol. a - Would lend b - Will lending c - Lend

6) If you say that again she...........................................crossed with you. a - Is b - Will be c - Would be

7) Unless you study everyday you ....................................able to pass the exam. a - Would not be b - Will not be c - Shall be not

8) If you put ice in the sun it..............................................to water. a - Turn b - Turns c - Turning

9) If the house...........................................on fire call the firemen. a - Go b - Going c - Goes

10) If you...........................................this one I ' l l bring you another. a - Doesn't like b - Didn't like c - Don't like

11) British people .....................................to Alicante because of the climate. a - Come b - Comes

Page 273: Apuntes Ingles

286

c – Coming 12) If I had money I.........................................a new computer and a Harley. a - Will buy b - Would buy c - Would bought

13) If he ...............................................eating chocolates he will get fat. a - Don't stop b - Doesn't stop c - Didn't stop

14) If I ................................................studied I would get a better job. a - Has b - Have c - Had

15) If it ............more we could grow more trees. a - Rain b - Rained c - Raining

16) If I had known that you wanted to eat out I ......to book a table in a restaurant. a - Will has telephoned b - Would have telephoned c - Will have telephone

17) I.............................you something if I had known that you wanted a drink. a - Would have brought b - Had brought c - Will bring

18) If I had known that you had a new house I..............................to visit you. a - Will have gone b - Would have gone c - Would have went

19) If the boss had been a good one, this shop................................. a - Wouldn't have closed b - Would has closed c - Will have close

20) If you had studied more you.......................................your degree last year. a - Would have got b - Would has got c - Will had got

21) If you...........................here this morning you would have seen my new car.

Page 274: Apuntes Ingles

287

a - Had been b - Had being c - Had be

22) If I had bought lottery yesterday, today I..............................................r ich. a - Would have being b - Will have been c - Would have been

23) If they had offered him to be the President of the club he...................... . . . . . . . . . a - Would have accepted b - Will have accepted c - Had accepted

24) If I had known that they were in Elda l...............them to have lunch in La Sirena. a - Willl have invited b - Would have invited c - Had invited

25) If I had known that Penelope Cruz was invited to this party I ..........................earl ier. a - Would have come b – Have tohave came c - Will had come

26) If I had know that Benidorm had so many discoes I....................... a - Would has gone b - Would have went c - Would have gone

27) If you ........the bean, it means you are going to pay "the roscón ". a - Find b - Found c - Had found

28) Well, you have to study a lot, if you ...........to get into a good university. a - Want b - Wanted c - Wants

29) Don't ring ...........................there is anything you need. a - Unless b - Or c - Both

30) If I could, I ......................go to Continente with you, darling. a - Went b - Must c - Would

31) What ....................if you won the lottery?

Page 275: Apuntes Ingles

288

a - You do b - Would you do c - Had you done

32) If I were you, I .............work in that bank anymore. a - Would b - Wouldn't c - Can 33) If I were you I ........buy the house today. a - Will b - Would c - Must

34) If you study, you...............pass all the subjects with flying colours. a - Will b - Can c - Would

35) If you ...............worried, tell your mother about it. a - Were b - Are c - Had been

36) If you................earlier tonight, we could go to the cinema. a - Come b - Came c - Comes

37) If I ............too much chocolate I get fat. a - Eat b - Ate c - Would eat

38) ......he rich he would buy a Mercedes. a - Was b - Were c - Is

39) ......you tell me the truth you will be punished. a - As long as b - Unless c - In order to

40) I paid a lot of money......that you repaired my car. a - On condition that b - With the condition that c - At the condition of

41) ......you pay there is no problem. a - As long as b - So long c - With as

42) .........Antonio had won the elections what would have happened?

Page 276: Apuntes Ingles

289

a - Suppose b - Supponing c - Supposing

43) ........that Pepe were rich he would not be here. a - Provides b - Provided c - Providind 44) ..........Manolo the Mayor, nothing of this kind would happen. a - Is b - Are c - Were Soluciones 1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. B 9. C 10. C 11. A 12. B 13. B 14. C 15. B 16. B 17. A 18. B 19. A 20. A 21. A 22. C 23. A 24. B 25. A 26. C 27. A 28. A 29. B 30. C 31. B 32. B 33. B 34. A 35. B 36. B 37. A 38. B 39. B 40. A 41. A 42. C 43. B 44. C

Page 277: Apuntes Ingles

290

LA VOZ PASIVA • Se usa para resaltar más la acción que el sujeto. Puede que desconozcamos al autor

de la acción o que no nos interese. • La voz pasiva en inglés se usa mucho más que en castellano. Se forma con el

auxiliar to be en el mismo timepo que el verbo de la forma activa y el participio pasado del verbo que se conjuga.

• En la transformación a pasiva se produce un cambio de sujeto, que lógicamente,

debemos hacer concordar con el verbo.

ACTIVA PASIVA Presente Simple

I eat bread with olive oil.

Bread with olive oil is eaten. El pan con aceite es comido.

Pasado Simple

I ate bread with olive oil.

Bread with olive oil was eaten. El pan con aceite fue comido.

Futuro Simple

I will buy a car.

A car will be bought. Un coche será comprado.

Condicional Simple

I would eat a sandwich.

A sandwich would be eaten. Un bocadillo será comido.

Presente Perfecto

I have made a photograph.

A photograph has been made. Una fotografía ha sido hecha.

Pasado Perfecto

I had found a wallet.

A wallet had been found. Se había encontrado una cartera.

Page 278: Apuntes Ingles

291

Futuro Perfecto

I will have seen the sea.

The sea will have been seen. El mar habrá sido visto.

Condicional Perfecto

I would have bought a Cadillac.

A Cadillac would have been bought. Un Cadillac habrá sido comprado.

• Usamos la preposición by para indicar el complemento agente It was done by my mother. Fue hecho por mi madre. • Los siguientes verbos llevan complemento directo e indirecto. Con estos verbos se

puede usar el complemento indirecto como sujeto al transformar las oraciones a pasiva. Esto no ocurre en español.

Give. Dar.

Lend. Prestar.

Offer. Ofrecer.

Pay. Pagar.

Promise. Prometer.

Refuse. Negarse a.

Send. Enviar.

Show. Mostrar.

I gave Mary a kiss. Mary was given a kiss.

Le dieron un beso a María.

I showed my friend my house.

My friend was shown my house. A mi amiga le fue enseñada la casa.

• Si el complemento es un pronombre complemento. Him, them, her, etc., en la

oración pasiva, éste complemento pasará a la forma de sujeto. He gave her a rose. She was given a rose.

Se le dio una rosa.

• También se suelen usar los siguientes verbos en estructuras pasivas: To know. Saber.

To believe. Creer.

To think. Pensar.

To consider. Considerar.

To say. Decir.

Page 279: Apuntes Ingles

292

It is said that he is going to be promoted. Se dice que le van a ascender. 1) The book ..........by Emilio Maestre. a - Was write b - Was written c - Was to written

2) Those pictures .....................by my mother. a - Were taken b - Took c - Tooks

3) The streets ...........decorated. a - Are b - Is c - Will

4) Shoes are traditionally .............with leather. a - Made b - Makes c - Mades

5) Ham in Spain is .......as a starter. a - Eat b - Eaten c - Ate

6) I was........a very nice present in my last birthday. a - Gave b - Given c - To give

7) The boy is .........Pepet and his sister María. a - Calles b - Called c - Calling

8) "The Roscón " has things ..........in it. a - Hide b - Hid c - Hidden

9) It 's very difficult to get ...............in a school like that. a - Accept b - Accepted c - Accpeting

10) When we stay up late studying we phone and have one pizza .......... a - Delivered b - Deliveres c - Delivering

11) My brother- in-law Jesus wrote this article. It ...................by him. a - Is witten

Page 280: Apuntes Ingles

293

b - Was wrlte c - Was written 12) Plaza Mayor .......in 1996. a - Was built b - Will be built c - Built

13) Barcelona scored seven goals yesterday. All ........by Ronaldo. a - Were scored b - Scored c - Will be scored

14) She's .........to watch TV on Friday. a - Allowed b - Alloweed c - Alowed

15) All the shoes were........during the shoe fair in Milan. a - Sell b - Sold c - Selling

16) Many boxes are..........due to bad handling. a - Damaged b - Damage c - Damaging

17) People from Elda are........to be very hardworking. a - Say b - Says c - Said

18) The best shoes are......here in Elda. a - Make b - Making c - Made

19) The fire was......by an electrical fault. a - Causing b - Causes c - Caused

20) The leathers were.........from Italy as usual. a - Import b - Importted c - Imported

21) Hotels for the shoe fairs must be......well in advance. a - Book b - Booked c - Boked

22) Someone has......................the book from the library. a - Steal

Page 281: Apuntes Ingles

294

b - Stole c - Stolen

Page 282: Apuntes Ingles

295

Soluciones 1. B 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. A 11. C 12. A 13. A 14. A 15. B 16. A 17. C 18. C 19. C 20. C 21. B 22. C

Page 283: Apuntes Ingles

296

EL ESTILO INDIRECTO • Para contar lo que dijo alguien, podemos hacerlo de dos maneras, repitiendo las

palabras exactas, o usando el estilo indirecto. • Como se utiliza para contar lo que sucedió, los verbos suelen ir en pasado. • En estilo indirecto la frase suele empezar con un verbo como: Say. Decir

Tell. Contar.

Ask. Preguntar.

Inquire. Solicitar.

Think. Pensar.

Explain. Explicar.

Complain. Quejarse.

Warn. Advertir.

Point out. Señalar.

Remark. Remarcar.

Declare. Declarar.

State. Afirmar.

Announce. Anunciar.

Protest. Protestar.

Claim. Reclamar.

• El tiempo de lo narrado da un salto hacia atrás y las preguntas dejan de serlo.

También debemos de tener en cuenta una serie de cambios: en expresiones temporales, en los tiempos verbales y en los pronombres.

Presente Simple.

Pasado Simple.

I l ive in Elda.

He said he lived in Elda.

Presente Continuo.

Pasado Continuo.

I am reading a book.

He said he was reading a book.

Presente Perfecto Simple.

Pasado Perfecto Simple.

I have bought a car.

He said he had bought a car.

Presente Perfecto Continuo.

Pasado Perfecto Continuo.

I have been working with him.

He said he had been working with him.

Pasado Simple.

Pasado Perfecto.

I went to London.

He said he had gone to London.

Pasado Continuo.

Pasado Perfecto Continuo.

Page 284: Apuntes Ingles

297

I was writing a letter.

He said he had been writing a letter.

Pasado Perfecto.

Pasado Perfecto.

I had been there.

He said he had been there.

Pasado Perfecto Continuo.

Pasado Perfecto Continuo.

I had been waiting for you.

He said he had been waiting for him.

Futuro Simple.

Condicional Simple.

I will live in Alicante.

He said he would live in Alicante.

Futuro Continuo.

Condicional Continuo.

I will be singing in a karaoke.

He said he would be singing in a karaoke.

Can.

Could.

I can swim.

He said he could swim.

Shall.

Should.

I shall do it.

He said he should do it.

May.

Might.

It may rain today.

He said it might rain that day.

Must. Have To.

Had To.

I must study.

He said he had to study.

Now.

Then.

I am happy now.

He said he was happy then.

Today.

That day.

I am sad today.

He said he was sad that day.

Yesterday.

The day before, The previous day.

Page 285: Apuntes Ingles

298

Yesterday I went to Madrid. He said he had gone to Madrid the previous day.

Tomorrow. The next day. The following day. The day after.

I will go to Valencia tomorrow.

He said he would go to Valencia the day after.

Next week.

The following week.

Next week I will be in Milan. He said he would be in Milan the following week.

Last week.

The previous week.

I cooked paella last week. He said he had cooked paella the previous week.

A Week Ago.

The Week Before.

A week ago I played tennis in Almeria.

He said he had played tennis in Almería the week before.

This.

That.

I am going to buy this.

He said he was going to buy that.

These.

Those.

These are my friends.

He said that those were his friends.

Here.

There.

I live here.

He said he lived there.

Now.

Then.

Now I want a coffee.

He said that then he wanted a coffee.

• Las ordenes tambien sufren modificaciones: Debemos cambiar el imperativo por

infinitivo Go out.

He told us to go out. Nos dijo que nos fueramos.

Page 286: Apuntes Ingles

299

Drink the mik.

He ordered me to drink the milk. Me ordenó que me bebiera la leche.

Go out. He invited me to go out. Me invitó a que saliera.

• Las órdenes negativas generalmente se expresan con not + infinitive. Don’t smoke in the corridor.

He ordered us not to smoke in the corridor. Nos ordenó que no fumaramos en el pasillo.

• Las sugerencias con let’s se intoducen con el verbo suggest que puede tener dos

construcciones. Seguido de gerundio o con una oración subordinada introducida por that.

Let’s take a taxi.

He suggested taking a taxi. Él sugirió coger un taxi. He suggested that we should take a taxi. Sugirió que deberíamos coger un taxi.

• En las preguntas, además de cambiar los tiempos se omite el signo de interrogación

y se usa el orden de la afirmativa. What does she do?

He asked what she did. El preguntó qué hacía.

When did you go to Petrel?

He asked me when I had gone to Petrel. Me preguntó cuándo había ido yo a Petrel.

• Cuando en el estilo directo se hagan preguntas, en el indirecto debemos utilizar

inquire, wonder, want to know, etc. Where's Mary?

He asked where Mary was. Me preguntó dónde estaba María.

How can I go to Elche?

He asked me how he could go to Elche? Me preguntó cómo podría ir a Elche.

Page 287: Apuntes Ingles

300

Why do you smoke?

He wanted to know why I smoked. El quería saber por qué fumaba yo.

• Cuando no empleemos un pronombre interrogativo usaremos i f o whether. Is anyone interested in coming? ¿Está alguien interesado en venir? He asked whether anyone was interested in going. El preguntó si alguien estaba interesado en ir.

Page 288: Apuntes Ingles

301

EL GERUNDIO • En inglés se puede usar como Sujeto de una oración. Swimming is very good.

La natación es muy buena.

Complemento directo.

I like reading the paper. Me gusta leer el periódico.

Con ciertos verbos. I avoid going out at night alone. Evito salir solo por la noche. I keep on dancing on Saturday. Sigo bailando el sábado.

En prohibiciones. No cycling. Prohibido ir en bicicleta.

Detrás de las preposiciones. I gave up smoking in 1998. Dejé de fumar en 1998.

Detrás de after, before, since, when, while. Before eating I have a coke. Antes de comer tomo una coca-cola. After eating I sleep siesta. Después de comer duermo la siesta.

Page 289: Apuntes Ingles

302

1) There's sure ................a long line for the concert. a - To be b - To have c - There is

2) Wasn't it worth .................all those cars? a - Washing b - Wash c - Washed

3) ...............in a pub or a pizzeria is good for me. a - Work b - Working c - Works

4) It was difficult at first..........to live alone in England. a - Have b - Has c - Having

5) I don't mind ............the same clothes everyday. a - Wearing b - Wear c - Weared

6) I hate going ............on Saturday. a - Shops b - Shopping c - Shopper

7) I will get ............to living in Alicante very soon. a - Use b - Used c - Uses

8) I just love ..............all the people and listening to the music. a - Watching b - Watch c - Watched

9) I will not get ...........to living in England in winter. a - Use b - Using c - Used

10) Imagine .........to work in the Sahara. a - Have b - Having c - Has

11) I 've got ...........to it. a - Used b - Use c - Using

Page 290: Apuntes Ingles

303

12) I am going to get ............to getting up early willy nilly. a - Used b - Use c - Using

13) I like........in the kitchen. a - Help b - Helping c - To helping

14) My wife has never liked .........to the opera. a - Gone b - Going c - Went

15) I l ike........ a - Read b - To read c - Reading

16) She hates....... a - Wash b - Washing c - Washed

17) I prefer...... a - Swimming b - Swim c - Going swim

18) I went to England.............English. a - To learn b - Learn c - Learning

19) My sister wants......a cottage. a - To buy b - Buy c - Buying

20) They have nowhere........ a - To go b - Go c - Going

21) My sister is not easy ....... a - Convincing b - To convince c - Convince

22) May I....... a - To go b - Go c - Went

23) Does she ......chocolate?

Page 291: Apuntes Ingles

304

a - To like b - Likeing c - Like

24) Do........home now it 's very late! a - Go b - To go c - Goed

25) Paco Claros ........me laugh. a - Makes b - To make c - To made

26) We'd rather.........home. a - To stay b - Stay c - Staying

27) Why .......him about the accident? a - To tell b - Tell c - Telling

28) My keys are ........found. a - Be b - To be c - Beeing

29) There are many letters........written. a - Be b - To be c - Being

30) I went to the disco....... a - To dance b - Dance c - Dancing

31) My family couldn't...................to buy a car. a - Afford b - To afford c - Affording

32) I ...............................to buy the house for a cuarteli l lo. a - Agree b - To agree c - Agreeing 33) You ..................to go tomorrow to the meeting. a - Are b - Be c – Was 34) I have decided .................a new bike. a - Buying

Page 292: Apuntes Ingles

305

b - Buy c - To buy

35) They deserve.......................treated better. a - Be b - To be c - Being

36) My brother happened .......................Paloma in the cinema. a - Meet b - To meet c - Meeting

37) I have planned....................on holidays to Menorca In spring. a - Go b - To go c - Going

38) She pretended not ........................them in the street. a - To see b - See c - Seeing

39) I refused.............the bill because it was very expensive. a - Paying b - Pay c - To pay

40) In court you must ........................the truth. a - Swear b - Swearing c - To swear

41) Please remind me...................the new customers. a - Call b - Calling c - To call

42) You had better...........................the car now. Next year the prices will go up. a - To buy b - Buy c - Buying

43) She can ............better than last year. a - Swim b - To swim c - Swimming

44) He must......................hard if he wants o pass the exams. a - To study b - Study c - Studying

45) She would rather........................the night in Alicante than in London. a - Spent

Page 293: Apuntes Ingles

306

b - Spend c - Soending

46) Yo must avoid........................to him. a - Speaking b - To speak c - Speak

47) He admitted.......................the jewels. a - Stealing b - Steal c - To steal

48) We can't help.....................chocolate after lunch. a - Eat b - To eat c - Eating

49) My sister hates..........................to the beach. a - To go b - Go c - Going

50) I finished................the novel last summer. a - Writing b - To write c - Write

51) I don't mind..........................to wait. a - To have b - Having c - Have

52) She misses..........................to the mountains now that she is 89. a - Go b - Goes c - Going

53) I suggest.............................to a good restaurant. a - To go b - Going c - Go

54) I am used to............................at night. a - Drive b - Driving c - To drive

55) They boast of.............................the best beaches in the province. a - Have b - To have c - Having

56) It consists of.............................many problems. a - Solve b - Solving

Page 294: Apuntes Ingles

307

c - To solve

57) She dreams of.................................an actress. a - Becoming b - Become c - To become

58) I gave up......................last year. a - Smoking b - To smoke c - Smoke

59) They ended by...........that the goal was scored when the match had finished. a - Say b - Saying c - To say

60) We are looking forward to........................to Madrid. a - Going b - To go c - Go

61) Refrain from........................... a - Smoke b - Smoking c - To smoke

62) We are thinking of...........................a bigger flat. a - Buy b - To buy c - Buying

63) I will never forget........................ in London. a - Walk b - Walking c - To walk

Page 295: Apuntes Ingles

308

Soluciones 1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. B 11. A 12. A 13. B 14. B 15. C 16. B 17. A 18. A 19. A 20. A 21. B 22. B 23. C 24. A 25. A 26. B 27. B 28. B 29. B 30. A 31. A 32. A 33. A 34. C 35. B 36. B 37. B 38. A 39. C 40. C 41. C 42. B 43. A 44. B 45. B 46. A 47. A 48. C 49. C 50. A 51. B 52. C 53. B 54. B 55. C 56. B 57. A 58. A 59. B 60. A 61. B 62. C 63. B

Page 296: Apuntes Ingles

309

EL INFINITIVO • Se emplea Detrás de algunos verbos: afford (permitirse), agree (estar de acuerdo), learn (aprender), want (querer), wish (desear), prepare (preparar).

I learnt to drive in 1977. Aprendí a conducir en 1977.

Detrás de adjetivos como: sad, ready, easy.

It is difficult to translate Latin. Es difícill traducir Latín. It is sad to say Es triste decirlo. It is easy to memorize. Es fácil de memorizar.

Detrás de “enough”. He has enough to live on his own. Tiene suficiente para vivir por su cuenta.

Con: order, invite, tell, etc They invited me to parade inVillena. Me invitaron a desfilar en Villena.

Con los verbos modales. I can swim. Sé nadar. I must go. Debo ir.

Como sujeto. To walk is good. Andar es bueno.

VERBOS SEGUIDOS DE GERUNDIO O INFINITIVO • Algunos verbos siempre van en gerundio y otros siempre van en infinitivo. Otros

como: advise (aconsejar), allow (permitir), permit (permitir), begin (empezar), continue (continuar), intend (tener la intención de), love (amar), prefer (preferir), hate (odiar) etc, pueden ir seguidos de gerundio o de infinitivo sin cambiar el significado.

I started smoking at 17. Empecé a fumar a los 17.

Page 297: Apuntes Ingles

310

I started to smoke at 17. Empecé a fumar a los 17. • Otros, como: stop (parar), remember (recordar), forget (olvidar), regret

(lamentar), pueden ir seguidos tanto por un gerundio como por un infinitivo, pero con sentidos diferentes.

Stop. I stopped to smoke.

Paré para fumar. I stopped smoking. Dejé de fumar.

Forget. I forgot to post the letter. Olvidé echar la carta. I will never forget visiting my uncle. Nunca olvidaré visitar a mi tío.

Regret. I regret doing this. Lamento hacer esto. I regret to tell you this. Lamento tener que decirte esto.

Remember. I remember swimming in the lake. Recuerdo cuando nadaba en el lago. Remember to buy bread. No te olvides de comprar el pan.

Try. I tried to buy it. Intenté comprarlo. I tried working as a lawyer but I didn’t like it. Intenté trabajar de abogado pero no me gustaba.

VERBOS SEGUIDOS POR INFINITIVO Afford. Permitirse.

Arrange. Preparar.

Care. Cuidar.

Decide. Decidir.

Forget. Olvidar.

Agree. Ask. Claim. Deserve. Hope.

Page 298: Apuntes Ingles

311

Estar de acuerdo.

Pedir.

Reclamar. Merecer. Desear.

Appear. Aparecer.

Beg. Suplicar.

Consent. Consentir.

Expect. Esperar.

Manage. Arreglarselas.

Mean. Querer decir.

Offer. Ofrecer.

Pretend. Fingir.

Refuse. Negar.

Remember. Recordar.

Need. Necesitar

Stop. Parar.

Swear. Jurar.

Wait. Esperar.

Want. Querer.

Seem. Parecer.

Wish. Desear.

VERBOS SEGUIDOS POR GERUNDIO Admit. Admitir.

Avoid. Evitar.

Dislike. Disgustar.

Enjoy. Disfrutar.

Finish. Acabar.

Advise. Aconsejar.

Complete. Completar.

Forget. Olvidar.

Miss. Echar de menos.

Quit. Abandonar.

Anticipate. Anticiparse.

Delay. Retrasar.

Regret. Lamentar.

Resist. Resistir.

Understand. Comprender.

Page 299: Apuntes Ingles

312

ESTRUCTURAS DE INTERES

WHAT IS LIKE? • Se utiliza para recabar información sobre el aspecto físico de alguien pues para

saber cómo es alguien de carácter usamos how. What is your girlfriend like? ¿Cómo es físicamente tu chica? She is very pretty. Ella es muy guapa. How is she? ¿Cómo está ella? Very well, thank you. Muy bien gracias. • Las siguientes estructuras nos serán de utilidad a la hora de formular deseos, quejas

etc. Wish. Expresa deseos, para su traducción se debe usar el subjuntivo.

I wish I had lived in America. Ojalá hubiera vivido en América. I wish you would be rich. Ojalá fueras rico. I wish you were quiet. Ojalá te estuvieras quieto.

Would like. I would like to go to Paris. Me gustaría ir a Paris. I would like you to come with me. Me gustaría que vinieras conmigo. I would like a sandwich. Me gustaría comerme un bocadillo.

Would prefer. I’d prefer a coffee. Preferiría un café. I would prefer to go with you. Preferiría ir contigo.

Page 300: Apuntes Ingles

313

Prefer. I prefer tea to coffee. Prefiero el té al café. I prefer swimming to running. Prefiero nadar a correr. I prefer to stay at home. Prefiero quedarme en casa.

If only.

If only she would stop complaining. Con tan sólo que dejara de quejarse. If only he would do what he has to do. Con tan sólo que hiciera lo que tiene que hacer.

Would rather. I’d rather not go. Preferiría no ir. I’d rather not go now. Preferiría no ir ahora.

Had better. I had better go to have a drink. Preferiría ir a tomar una copa.

It 's time.

It 's time to eat. Es hora de comer. It 's time for us to eat. Es hora de que comamos. It 's time we ate. Es hora de que comamos.

It 's about time. It’s about time he came. Ya es hora de que venga.

Used to. He used to drink quite a lot. Él solía beber mucho. I used to wear glasses, but now I use contact lenses. Yo solía llevar gafas pero ahora uso lentillas.

To be used to. I am used to reading the paper. Estoy acostumbrado a leer el periódico.

Page 301: Apuntes Ingles

314

Enough. I have enough money. Tengo suficiente dinero. I am rich enough. Soy lo suficientemente rico.

Too. She is too old to climb the mountain. Es demasido vieja para subir las montañas.

Fairly. He speaks English fairly well. Él habla inglés bastante bien.

Quite. He speaks English quite well. Él habla inglés muy bien.

Rather. He speaks English rather well. Él habla inglés muy bien.

Pretty. He speaks English pretty well. Él habla inglés muy bien.

Page 302: Apuntes Ingles

315

EL CAUSATIVO HAVE • Esta estructutura se usa para indicar que el que realiza la acción no es el sujeto sino

otra persona. Se usan los verbos causativos have y get. Indica acciones como cortarse el pelo, hacerse un empaste donde lógicamente el sujeto no se hace un empaste ni se corta el pelo, sino que contrata un servicio.

I have my hair cut every month. Me corto el pelo cada mes. I have my car repaired when it breaks down. Me reparan el coche cuando se estropea. • Esta estructura se puede usar en todos los tiempos. • En la interrogrativa y negativa utilizan los auxiliares, do, does, did. Did you have your tooth fill? ¿Te hicieron un empaste? Do you have your carpets cleaned every year? ¿Te limpian las alfombras cada año?

Page 303: Apuntes Ingles

316

VERBOS CON PREPOSICÓN • Muchos verbos ingleses van acompañados de preposiciones o adverbios. Si

observamos por ejemplo el verbo look y sus posibles combinaciones nos daremos cuenta de que en muchos casos nos sería difícil averiguar el significado.

I 'm looking for a new job. Estoy buscando empleo. I am going to look up a word in the dictionary. Voy a buscar una palabra en el diccionario. We are looking forward to the festivities. Estamos esperando con deseo que lleguen las fiestas. • Los verbos con preposición se pueden dividir en: separables e inseparables. Serán

separables si podemos colocar los complementos entre el verbo y la preposición. I am going to put my coat on. Me voy a poner la chaqueta. I am going to put on my coat. Me voy a poner la chaqueta. • Algunos ejemplos con el verbo to come. Come across. Come along. Come off. Come out.

Encontrarse. Venir. Desprenderse.

Publicar.

• Algunos ejemplos con to get. Get on.

Get up. Get over. Get into. Get at.

Llevarse bien. Levantarse. Recuperarse. Entrar. Llegar.

Look up. Look after.

Look forward to.

Look for. Look into.

Mirar el significado de una palabra en el diccionario.

Cuidar. Esperar con deseo.

Buscar. Investigar.

Page 304: Apuntes Ingles

317

VERBOS Y ADJETIVOS CON PREPOSICIONES • Muchos verbos y adjetivos van siempre seguidos por una preposición: About. He is always dreaming about being

rich. Siempre sueña con ser rico. He is worried about the future. Está preocupado por el futuro.

After. He is always looking after his daughter. Siempre cuida a su hija.

At. He is good at Maths. Es bueno en matemáticas. He is bad at History. Es malo en historia. Look at me please. Mírame por favor. Don’t shout at me. No me chilles.

For. I am ready for the party. Estoy listo para la fiesta. He is responsible for the damages. Es responsable de los daños.

In. I believe in God. Creo en Dios.

Of. He is fond of running. Le gusta correr. She is afraid of spiders. Le asustan las arañas. She is proud of her daughter. Está orgullosa de su hija. This consists of three parts. Tiene tres partes.

Page 305: Apuntes Ingles

318

I will remind him of his duties. Le recordaré sus obligaciones.

On. That depends on you. Eso depende de ti. He insisted on going. Insistió en ir.

To. He was married to Helen. Estaba casado con Helen. He was polite to the old man. Fue educado con el viejo. You must listen to me. Debes escucharme.

With. He was angry with me. Estaba enfadado conmigo. I was satisfied with the work. Estaba satisfecho con el trabajo. I agree with you. Estoy de acuerdo contigo.

Page 306: Apuntes Ingles

319

CONTRACCIONES • Normalmente se usan en el lenguaje hablado. Recuerda que “-s” puede

corresponder a to be o to have pero sólo seguido de got o participio. He’s a boy. He is a boy Él es un chico He’s got a car. He has got a car. Él tiene un coche. Del mismo modo “-d” puede ser la contracción de had o would. I’d gone there. I had gone there. Yo había ido. I’d like to go. I would like to go. Me gustaría ir. I’m. I am.

I’ve. I have.

I’ll. I will.

I’d. I had o I would.

You’re.

You are.

You’ve. You have.

You’ll. You will.

You’d. You had o you would.

He’s. He is o he has.

He’ll. He will.

He’d . He had o he would.

She’s. She is o she has.

She’ll. She will.

She’d . She had o she would.

Page 307: Apuntes Ingles

320

It’s. It is o it has.

It’ll. It will.

It’d. It had o it would.

We’re. We are.

We’ve. We have.

We’ll. We will.

We’d. We had o we would.

They’re. They are.

They’ve They have.

They’ll. They will.

They’d. They had o they would.

Let’s. Let us.

Isn’t. Is not.

Aren’t. Are not.

Wasn’t. Was not.

Weren’t. Were not.

Don’t. Do not.

Doesn’t. Does not.

Didn’t. Did not.

Haven’t. Have not.

Hasn’t. Has not.

Hadn’t. Had not.

Can’t. Can not.

Couldn’t. Could not.

Page 308: Apuntes Ingles

321

Won’t. Will not.

Wouldn’t. Would not.

Shan’t. Shall not.

Shouldn’t. Should not.

Oughtn’t. Ought not.

Mustn’t. Must not.

Needn’t. Need not.

Mightn’t. Might not.

Daren’t. Dare not.

Page 309: Apuntes Ingles

322

CAMBIOS ORTOGRÁFICOS • El plural de las palabras que terminan en “-y” se forma cambiando la "-y" por "-ies"

cuando va precedida de consonante. Lady. Señora.

Ladies.

City. Ciudad.

Cities.

• Si la “-y” va precedida de vocal no se producen cambios. Boy. Chico.

Boys.

Day. Día

Days.

• Lo mismo sucede a los verbos que acaban en “-y” al formar la tercera persona del

singular del presente de indicativo. Carry. Llevar.

He carries.

Study. Estudiar.

She studies.

Play. Jugar.

Mary plays.

Annoy. Molestar.

John annoys.

• Las palabras que terminan en “-s”, “-ss”, “-zz”, “-sh”, “-x” añaden “-es” para formar

el plural si son nombres o la tercera persona del singular si son verbos.

NOMBRES

Bus. Autobús.

Buses.

Glass. Vaso.

Glasses.

Page 310: Apuntes Ingles

323

Dish. Plato.

Dishes.

Church. Iglesia.

Churches.

VERBOS

Pass. Pasar.

Passes.

Buzz. Zumbar.

Buzzes.

Wash. Lavar.

Washes.

Fix. Fijar.

Fixes.

Algunos nombres acabados en “-o” añaden “-es” para formar el plural. Potato. Patata.

Potatoes.

Tomato. Tomate.

Tomatoes.

Piano. Piano.

Pianos.

Biro. Bolígrafo.

Biros.

• El pasado y el Participio Pasado de los verbos regulares se froman añadiendo “-ed”

al infinitivo. Solo se añade “-d” si el verbo acaba en “-e”. Answer. Contestar.

Answered.

Listen. Escuchar.

Listened.

Page 311: Apuntes Ingles

324

Ask. Pedir.

Asked.

Live. Pedir.

Lived.

Practise. Practicar.

Practised.

Love. Amar.

Loved.

• Si el verbo acaba en “-y” precedido de consonante se cambia por “-ied”. Si acaba

en vocal se añade “-ed”. Carry. Llevar.

Carried.

Study. Estudiar.

Studied.

Play. Jugar.

Played.

Die. Morir

Died.

Dye. Teñir.

Dyed.

• Al añadir “-ing” al infinitivo la “-e” desaparece excepto en dye. Live. Vivir.

Living.

Practise. Practicar.

Practising.

Dye. Teñir

Dyeing.

• Cuando el verbo acaba en “-ie” la “-i” se convierte en “-y”. Die. Dying.

Page 312: Apuntes Ingles

325

Morir.

Lie. Mentir.

Lying.

• Cuando los verbos acaban en “-y” se añade “-ing”. Try. Intentar.

Trying.

Study. Estudiar.

Studying.

Play. Jugar.

Playing.

Buy. Comprar.

Buying .

• Al añadir cualquier sufijo “-ful”, “-ness”, “-er”, “-est”, la “-y” se convierte en “-i”. Beauty. Guapa.

Beatiful.

Steady. Listo.

Steadily.

Happy. Feliz.

Happiness.

Pretty. Guapa.

Prettier, Prettiest.

Sly. Astuto.

Slyly.

• Los adjetivos acabados en “-al”, doblan la “-l” al formar los adverbios. Practical. Práctico.

Practically.

Economical. Económico.

Economically.

Historical. Historically.

Page 313: Apuntes Ingles

326

Histórico. • Lo mismo sucede con los acabados en “-ful”. Beautiful. Bonito.

Beautifully.

Faithful. Fiable.

Faithfully.

• Las siguientes palabras pierden una “-l” al tomar un sufijo Skill. Destreza.

Skilful.

Well. Bien.

Welcome.

Will. Deseo.

Wilful.

• La terminación “-re” pertenece al inglés británico y “-er” al americano

BRITÁNICO

AMERICANO

Centre. Centro.

Center.

Theatre. Teatro.

Theater.

• La terminación “-our” pertenece al inglés británico y “-or” al americano

BRITÁNICO

AMERICANO

Favour. Sabor.

Favor.

Honour. Honor.

Honor.

Colour. Color.

Color.

Page 314: Apuntes Ingles

327

• Algunas palabras cambian.

Británico

Americano

Aerial. Antena.

Antenna.

Angry. Enfadado.

Mad.

Anywhere. Cualquier parte.

Anyplace.

Autumn. Otoño.

Fall.

Bil l . Cuenta del restaurante.

Check.

Car park. Aparcamiento.

Parking lot.

Chemist’s. Farmacia.

Drugstore.

Film. Película.

Movie.

Holiday. Vacaciones.

Vacation.

Label. Etiqueta.

Tag.

Lorry. Camión.

Truck.

Mad. Loco.

Crazy.

Motorway. Autopista.

Freeway.

Nappy. Pañal.

Diaper.

Page 315: Apuntes Ingles

328

Petrol. Gasolina.

Gas.

Queue. Cola.

Line.

Rubber. Borrador.

Eraser.

Shop. Tienda.

Store.

Single ticket. Billete de ida.

One way ticket.

Sunglasses. Gafas de sol.

Shades.

Sweets. Caramelos.

Candy.

Taxi. Taxi.

Cab.

Tin. Lata.

Can.

Trousers. Pantalones.

Pants.

Underground . Metro.

Subway.

Wire. Telegrama.

Telegram.

• Algunas palabras usan “-c” en el nombre y “-s” en el verbo

NOMBRE

VERBO

Advice. Consejo.

Advise.

Practice. Practicar.

Practise.

Page 316: Apuntes Ingles

329

Licence. Permiso.

License.

• Los monosilabos acabados en una sola consonante y precedidos de una sola vocal,

doblan la consonante final al añadir un sufijo. Plan. Planear.

Planning.

Dad. Papa.

Daddy.

Let. Permitir.

Letting.

Beg. Suplicar.

Beggar.

Sit. Sentarse.

Sitting.

Put. Poner.

Putting.

Fat. Gordo.

Fatter.

Star. Estrella.

Starring.

Stir. Remover.

Stirring.

Fur. Piel.

Furry.

Page 317: Apuntes Ingles

330

VERBOS IRREGULARES Infinitivo Pasado Participio Pasado Traducción Arise Arose Arisen Surgir, presentarse Be Was Were, Been Ser, estar Bear Bore Borne Llevar, soportar Beat Beat Beaten Batir, golpear, latir Become Became Become Llegar a, ser, hacerse Begin Began Begun Empezar Bend Bent Bent Doblar Bet Bet Bet Apostar Bid Bade Bidden Mandar, ordenar Bind Bound Bound Atar, encuadernar Bite Bit Bitten Morder Bleed Bled Bled Sangrar Blow Blew Blown Soplar Break Broke Broken Romper Bring Brought Brought Traer Build Built Built Edificar Burn Burnt Burnt Arder, quemar Burst Burst Burst Estallar Buy Bought Bought Comprar Catch Caught Caught Atrapar Choose Chose Chosen Escoger Come Came Come Venir Cost Cost Cost Costar Creep Crept Crept Arrrastrarse Cut Cut Cut Cortar Deal Dealt Dealt Tratar Dig Dug Dug Cavar Do Did Done Hacer Draw Drew Drawn Dibujar, sacar, tirar Dream Dreamt Dreamt Soñar Drink Drank Drunk Beber Drive Drove Driven Conducir Eat Ate Eaten Comer Fall Fell Fallen Caer Feed Fed Fed Alimentar, Feel Felt Felt Sentir, palpar, tocar Fight Fought Fought Luchar Find Found Found Encontrar Fling Flung Flung Lanzar Fly Flew Flown Volar Forbid Forbade Forbidden Prohibir Forget Forgot Forgotten Olvidar

Page 318: Apuntes Ingles

331

Forgive Forgave Forgiven Perdonar Freeze Froze Frozen Helar Get Got Got Conseguir, obtener Give Gave Given Dar Go Went Gone Ir Grow Grew Grown Crecer, cultivar Hang Hung Hung Colgar Have Had Had Haber, tener Hear Heard Heard Oir Hide Hid Hid Esconder Hit Hit Hit Golpear Hold Held Held Sostener, agarrar Hurt Hurt Hurt Hacer daño, doler Keep Kept Kept Guardar, conseguir Kneel Knelt Knelt Arrodillarse Know Knew Known Saber, conocer Lay Laid Laid Poner Lead Led Led Guiar Leap Leapt Leapt Saltar Learn Learnt Learnt Aprender Leave Left Left Dejar, salir Lend Lent Lent Prestar Let Let Let Dejar, permitir Lie Lay Lain Tumbarse Light Lit Lit Iluminar Lose Lost Lost Perder Make Made Made Hacer Mean Meant Meant Querer decir, significar Meet Met Met Encontrar Mow Mowed Mown Segar Pay Paid Paid Pagar Put Put Put Poner Quit Quit Quit Abandonar Read Read Read Leer Ride Rode Ridden Montar, cabalgar Ring Rang Rung Sonar, tocar el timbre Rise Rose Risen Levantarse Run Ran Run Correr, dirigir un

negocio Say Said Said Decir See Saw Seen Ver Sell Sold Sold Vender Send Sent Sent Enviar Set Set Set Poner, establecer Sew Sewed Sewn Coser Shake Shook Shaken Agitar

Page 319: Apuntes Ingles

332

Shine Shone Shone Brillar Shoot Shot Shot Disparar Show Showed Shown Mostrar Shrink Shrank Shrunk Encogerse Shut Shut Shut Cerrar Sing Sang Sung Cantar Sink Sank Sunk Hundir, sumergirse Sit Sat Sat Sentarse Sleep Slept Slept Dormir Sling Slung Slunk Lanzar, tirar Smell Smelt Smelt Oler Speak Spoke Spoken Hablar Spell Spelt Spelt Deletrear, hechizar Spend Spent Spent Pasar el tiempo, gastar Spill Spilt Spilt Derramar Spoil Spoilt Spoilt Estropear Spread Spread Spread Extender Stand Stood Stood Ponerse de pie Steal Stole Stolen Robar Stick Stuck Stuck Pegar Sting Stung Stung Picar Strike Struck Struck Golpear Swear Swore Sworn Jurar Swim Swam Swum Nadar Take Took Taken Tomar, llevar Teach Taught Taught Enseñar Tear Tore Torn Rasgar Tell Told Told Decir, contar Think Thought Thought Pensar, creer Throw Threw Thrown Arrojar Understand Understood Understood Comprender Wake Woke Woken Despertar Wear Wore Worn Llevar puesto, usar Win Won Won Ganar un premio Wind Wound Wound Dar cuerda al reloj Write Wrote Written Escribir

Page 320: Apuntes Ingles

333

CONECTORES • A la hora de redactar un texto necesitarás usar palabras o expresiones que te

permitan unir ideas en forma de frases y organizar el texto. • Primero debes tener claro qué te piden y haz un esquema donde aparezcan las ideas

que quieres desarrollar. Usa un papel y anótalo todo. Luego tacha las ideas que no te gusten y ordenalas y clasifícalas.

• Recuerda que puede ser una buena idea que la composición tenga tres partes

diferenciadas: introducción, desarrollo y conclusión. • A continuación encontrarás algunas expresiones que te pueden servir para organizar

tus ideas.

Para introducir. In the first place.

En primer lugar.

To begin.

Para empezar.

First of all.

Lo primero de todo.

It is obvious.

Es óbvio que.

It is certain that.

Es cierto que.

It is a commonly held belief among people that.

Es una creencia bastante extendida entre la gente que.

It goes without saying that.

Ni que decir tiene que.

A controversial question facing our society is.

Un asunto controvertido que afecta a nuestra sociedad es.

Whether we like it or not.

Nos guste o no.

As regards.

Por lo que respecta.

Page 321: Apuntes Ingles

334

Expresar opinión. In my opinion.

En mi opinion.

In my view.

Tal y como yo lo veo.

Personally.

Personalmente.

As far as I’m concerned.

Por lo que a mí respecta.

From my point of view.

Desde mi punto de vista.

I would like to point out a couple of things.

Me gustaría puntuaalizar un par de aspectos.

I believe/consider/think.

Creo que.

I feel very strongly that.

Estoy convencido de.

I’m absolutely convinced that.

Estoy absolutamente convencido de.

I’m inclined to believe that.

Tiendo a pensar que.

I am totally opposed to.

Estoy totalmente en desacuerdo con.

I am in favour of.

Estoy a favor de.

I strongly disagree with.

No estoy nada de acuerdo con.

It seems/ appears to me that.

Me parece que.

There is no doubt that.

No hay duda de que.

One thing that is sure is.

Algo que es seguro es.

It is true that.

Es cierto que.

I very much doubt that.

Dudo mucho de que.

We should all have to take into account that.

Deberíamos tener en cuenta que.

Every now and then.

De vez en cuando.

Page 322: Apuntes Ingles

335

A favor y en contra. One of the strongest arguments in favour of... Is that.

Uno de los argumentos mas sólidos a favor de ...

On the other hand.

Por otra parte.

There are several arguments against...

Hay varios argumentos en contra de...

Yet there is another side to the picture.

Aunque hay otros aspectos que se deben tener en cuenta.

There is bitter controversy over. Existe gran controversia por lo que respecta a.

On the one hand. Por una parte.

On the other hand. Por otra parte.

While there are many supporters of the idea, there are also people who have reservations about it.

Mientras que hay mucha gente que apoya esta idea, hay otros que tienen ciertas reservas.

There are valid arguments for... Hay argumentos muy validos a favor de.

There are also other good reasons against.

Aunque también existen buenas razones en contra de.

...has both advantages and disadvantages.

...tiene tanto ventajas como desventajas.

Para expresar la opinión de otros. An increasing number of people believe that.

Un gran número de personas cree que.

Today many people are worried about.

Hoy en día mucha gente está preocupada con.

Half the population are in favour/ against of...

La mitad de la población está a favor/en contra de...

These people firmly believe that... Estas personas creen firmemente en...

Page 323: Apuntes Ingles

336

Para continuar. In the second place. En segundo lugar.

Secondly. En segundo lugar.

Next. Después.

Besides. Además.

In addition. Además.

Apart from that. Además de.

Moreover. Y además.

What is more. Además.

Futhermore. Además.

Another aspect to be considered can be.

Otro aspecto para tener en cuanta es.

Para expresar contraste. On the one hand. Por una parte.

On the other. Por otra parte.

While. Mientras que.

Whereas. Mientras.

In spite of the fact that. A pesar de.

Although. Aunque.

In spite of. A pesar de.

However. Sin embargo.

Given the differences between. Teniendo en cuenta las diferencias entre.

Page 324: Apuntes Ingles

337

At the same time

Al mismo tiempo

Para comparar. At the same time. Al mismo tiempo.

Similarly. Del mismo modo.

Likewise. Del mismo modo.

Para expresar causa. Because. Porque.

Because of. A causa de.

The main purpose of...is... El propósito principal es.

The reason is very simple. La razón es bien sencilla.

For this reason. Por esta razón.

Para expresar resultado. Therefore. Por lo tanto.

As a result. Como resultado.

Consequently. Como consecuencia.

In consequence. En consecuencia.

Thus. Por lo tanto.

So. Así.

Para ejemplificar. A good ilustration of this is. Un buen ejemplo de esto es.

Nothing could better demostrate this Nada podría demostra esto mejor.

Page 325: Apuntes Ingles

338

that. We have an obvious proof of this in...

Tenemos una prueba clara de esto en.

This is best exemplified by.

Esto está muy bien explicado con.

This is best shown in the following example.

Esto se puede apreciar mucho mejor con el siguiente ejemplo.

In other words.

En otras palabras.

That is to say.

Es decir.

For instance.

Por ejemplo.

For example.

Por ejemplo.

Para incluir datos y estadísticas. Recent studies have found that.

Estudios recientes han demostrado que.

Researches claim that.

Los investigadores afirman que.

According to recent studies.

Según estudios recientes

Para narrar. When.

Cuando.

While.

Mientras que.

Before.

Antes.

After.

Después.

By the time.

Por esas fechas.

During.

Durante.

It all began when.

Todo empezó cuando.

It all happened.

Todo ocurrió.

Page 326: Apuntes Ingles

339

Once upon a time.

Érase una vez.

Suddenly.

De repente

All of a sudden.

De repente.

First.

Al principio.

At first.

Al principio.

Later.

Más tarde.

Afterwards.

Depués de todo.

Meanwhile.

Mientras tanto.

In the meantime.

Mientras.

Finally.

Finalmente.

In the end.

Al final.

Para concluir. The conclusion to be drawn from this is that.

La conclusión que podemos sacar es.

We can conclude by saying that.

Podemos concluir afirmando que.

To sum up.

Para resumir.

Summing up.

Resumiendo.

In brief.

En breve.

In conclusion.

Como conclusión.

In short.

En breve.

Finally.

Finalmente.

All this suggests that.

Todo esto nos sugiere que.

We should all work elbow to elbow in Creo que todos deberíamos trabajar de

Page 327: Apuntes Ingles

340

this respect.

forma conjunta en la misma dirección.

In conclusion.

Como conclusión.

Although there are two sides to a picture I believe that.

Aunque hay dos caras de la moneda yo tiendo a creer que.

All things considered, I am in favour of/against...

Teniendo en cuenta todos los aspectos, estoy a favor/en contra de.

Lastly. Por último.

As was previously stated. Como ya se ha dicho.

Page 328: Apuntes Ingles

341

FALSOS AMIGOS Son palabras que pueden fácilmente inducir a error. Muchas son de origen latino y han cambiado el significado. Un buen consejo es no dejarse llevar por las apariencias y comprobar siempre el significado en el diccionario. Pues en la lengua inglesa las apariencias engañan. Abuse. Insultar.

Actually.

En realidad.

Advertise.

Anunciar.

To advise.

Aconsejar.

Agenda.

Orden del día.

Anxious.

Nervioso. Deseoso.

Apology.

Disculpa.

Apparent.

Evidente.

Application.

Solicitud.

Argument.

Discusión.

To assist.

Ayudar.

To assume.

Asumir.

Avocado.

Aguacate.

Cabinet.

Gabinete de ministros, vitrina.

Career.

Carrera.

Carpet.

Alfombra.

Cartoon.

Dibujos animados.

Casual.

Informal.

Casualty.

Baja militar.

Character.

Personaje.

Page 329: Apuntes Ingles

342

Collar.

Cuello.

Collector.

Coleccionista.

Complexion.

Color de la piel.

Conductor.

Cobrador de autobús. Director de orquesta.

Conference.

Congreso.

Conservatory.

Invernadero.

Constipated.

Estreñido.

Disgust.

Asco.

Embarrassed.

Avergonzado.

Eventually.

Finalmente.

Exit.

Salida.

Fabric.

Tejido.

Firm.

Empresa.

Idiom.

Expresión idiomática.

Insane.

Loco

Intoxicated.

Borracho.

Large.

Grande.

Parents.

Padres.

Physician.

Médico

Policy.

Política

To presume.

Suponer.

To pretend.

Fingir.

Quiet.

Callado.

Rare. Poco frecuente.

Page 330: Apuntes Ingles

343

To remove.

Quitar.

Sensible.

Sensato.

Signature.

Firma.

Spectacles.

Gafas.

Suburb.

Barrio residencial.

Success.

Éxito.

Sympathy.

Compasión.

To pretend.

Fingir.

Tramp.

Vagabundo.

Vicious.

Malvado.

Page 331: Apuntes Ingles

344

EXPRESIONES PARA LA COMUNICACIÓN ORAL Saludos y Felicitaciones .

How do you do? ¿Cómo estás?

How are you? ¿Cómo estás?

Very well thank you. Muy bien gracias.

Fine thanks, and you? Bien y tú?

Good morning. Buenos días.

Hi. Hola.

Good afternoon. Buenas tardes.

Congratulations. Enhorabuena.

Good evening. Buenas tardes- noches.

So long. Hasta luego.

Good night. Buenas noches.

See you. Nos vemos.

Hello. Hola.

Happy birthday. Feliz cumpleaños.

Good bye. Adiós.

Happy Christmas. Feliz Navidad.

How are things? ¿Cómo te van las cosas?

Well. Bien.

See you tomorrow. Hasta mañana.

So long. Hasta luego.

Happy anniversary. Feliz aniversario.

How is it going? ¿Cómo te va?

Up and down. Así así.

Page 332: Apuntes Ingles

345

Para dirigirse a un desconocido. Excuse me. Disculpe.

I beg your pardon. Disculpe.

Presentaciones Peter, this is Mary. Pedro esta es María.

Mary, do you know Michael? ¿María, conoces a Miguel?

Let me introduce my friend Paul. Permíteme que te presente a mi amigo Pablo.

Cuando no entendemos algo bien Can you repeat it please? ¿Puede repetirlo por favor?

Can you speak more slowly? ¿Puede hablar más despacio?

I’m sorry I don’t understand Lo siento, pero no lo entiendo.

Para preguntar la hora Would you mind telling me the time? Me dice la hora por favor?

What’s the time please? ¿Qué hora lleva?

Hablando por teléfono Hello, could I speak to Manuel? ¿Hola, podría hablar con Manuel?

Para agradecer algo Thank you. Gracias.

Thank you very much. Muchas gracias.

That’s very kind of you. Thanks.

Page 333: Apuntes Ingles

346

Es muy amable por su parte.

Gracias.

You’re welcome. De nada.

Don’t mention it. No hay de qué.

Expresiones de cortesía Excuse me. Disculpe.

Sorry Lo siento

I beg your pardon. Perdón.

Page 334: Apuntes Ingles

347

DÍAS DE LA SEMANA A diferencia de en español en inglés se escriben en mayúsculas.

Monday. Lunes.

Tuesday. Martes.

Wednesday. Miércoles.

Thursday. Jueves.

Friday. Viernes.

Saturday. Sábado.

Sunday. Domingo.

Día de la luna.

Tiw era un dios de la guerra.

Día de Odín. Día de Thor.

Frig era la esposa de Odín.

Día de Saturno.

Día del sol.

DÍAS DE FIESTA Easter. Pascua.

Whitsun. Pentecostes.

Halloween.

Christmas day. Día de navidad.

Boxing day. 26 de diciembre.

New year’s day. Día de año nuevo.

New year’s eve. Nochevieja.

Midsummer’s eve. Noche de san Juan.

MESES DEL AÑO

Al igual que los días también se escriben en mayúsculas. January. Enero.

February. Febrero.

March. Marzo.

April. Abril.

May. Mayo.

June. Junio.

July. Julio.

August. Agosto.

September. Septiembre.

October. Octubre.

November. Noviembre.

December. Diciembre.

ESTACIONES Spring. Primavera.

Summer. Verano.

Autumm. Fall (USA) Otoño.

Winter Invierno.

Page 335: Apuntes Ingles

348

PUNTOS CARDINALES North. Norte.

South. Sur.

East. Este.

West. Oeste.

LOS COLORES White. Blanco.

Black. Negro.

Pink. Rosa.

Green Verde.

Orange. Naranja.

Purple. Morado.

Yellow. Amarillo.

Red. Rojo.

Brown. Marrón.

Blue. Azul.

Navy blue. Azul marino.

Beige. Beige.

Chestnut. Castaño.

Colored. Coloreado.

Grey. Gris.

Lilac. Lila.

Blond. Rubio.

Dark. Oscuro.

Page 336: Apuntes Ingles

349

ADJETIVOS Big. Grande.

Cheap. Barato.

Clean. Límpio.

Easy. Fácil.

Good. Bueno.

Long. Largo.

Nice. Agradable.

Fair. Justo.

Fat. Gordo.

Hot. Caliente.

Cold. Frio.

Short. Corto.

Angry. Enfadado.

Happy. Feliz.

I l l . Enfermo.

Thirsty. Sediento.

SIGNOS DEL ZODIACO Aquarius. Acuario.

Pisces. Piscis.

Aries. Aries.

Taurus. Tauro.

Gemini. Geminis.

Cancer. Cancer.

Leo. Leo.

Virgo. Virgo.

Libra. Libra.

Scorpio. Escorpio.

Sagittarius. Sagitario.

Capricorn. Capricornio.

Page 337: Apuntes Ingles

350

LA HORA Usamos el verbo to be para indicar las horas junto a las siguientes estructuras: Para preguntar la hora usamos What’s the time? What time is it? Could you tell me the time please? O’clock. En punto. Proviene de la expresión of the clock.

It is 8 o’clock.

Half past. Y media. It is half past 9.

A quarter to. Menos cuarto. It is a quarter to 6.

A quarter past. Y cuarto It is a quarter past 7.

To. Menos It is twenty to 4.

Past. Y It is twenty past 4.

Usamos a.m y p.m para indicar antes del mediodía y después del mediodía. También podemos usar In the morning. In the afternoon. At night. Midday= 12.00 am Midnight= 24.00 Los horarios de los medios de transporte se rigen por el sistema de 24 horas. I took the 18.30 plane to London.

Page 338: Apuntes Ingles

351

NÚMEROS CARDINALES

One. Uno.

Eleven. Once.

Two. Dos.

Twelve. Doce.

Three. Tres.

Thirteen. Trece.

Four. Cuatro.

Fourteen. Catorce.

Five. Cinco.

Fifteen. Quince.

Six. Seis.

Sixteen. Dieciséis.

Seven. Siete.

Seventeen. Diecisiete.

Eight. Ocho.

Eighteen. Dieciocho.

Nine. Nueve.

Nineteen. Diecinueve.

Ten. Diez.

Twenty. Veinte.

Thirty. Treinta.

Eighty. Ochenta.

Forty. Cuarenta.

Ninety. Noventa.

Fifty. Cincuenta.

A hundred. Cien.

Sixty. Sesenta.

A thousand. Mil.

Seventy. Setenta.

A milion. Un millón.

Page 339: Apuntes Ingles

352

• Se usa un guión entre los números comprendidos entre el 21 y 99. A partir del 100

se usará and. Twenty-one. Veintiuno. One hundred and three. Ciento tres. En Estados Unidos 1 billón equivale a 1,000,000,000. En Europa 1 billón equivale a 1,000,000,000,000. • Hundred, thousand, million y billion como son adjetivos no añaden “-s” I paid three million pesetas in 2001 for a car. Pagué tres millones de pesetas en el año 2001 por un coche. • Las fechas se indican de dos en dos I was born in 1962. Nací en en el año 1962. My grandmother Berta was born in 1900. Mi abuela Berta nació en (nineteen hundred). El 00 es hundred. • Los números de teléfono de uno en uno

My phone number is 965436789. Mi número de teléfono es...

• Se usa coma con los números: 1,000. • Se usa el punto con los decimales: 4.5. • En las horas se pueden usar uno o dos puntos: 3.45 o 3:45. • El 0 se pronncia /ou/

Page 340: Apuntes Ingles

353

LOS NÚMEROS ORDINALES • Con la excepción de first, second y third, los números ordinales se forman añadiendo

“-th” a los ordinales. • Existen algunos que sí que se ven modificados: 5th

8th 9th 12th 20th

Fifth.

Eighth. Ninth. Twelfth. Twentieth.

First. Primero.

Eleventh. Undécimo.

Second. Segundo.

Twelfth. Duodécimo.

Third. Tercero.

Thirteenth. Decimotercero.

Fourth. Cuarto.

Fourteenth. Decimocuarto.

Fifth. Quinto.

Fiftteenth. Decimoquinto

Sixth. Sexto.

Sixteenth. Decimosexto.

Seventh. Séptimo.

Seventeenth. Decimoséptimo.

Eighth. Octavo.

Eighteenth. Decimoctavo.

Ninth. Noveno.

Nineteenth. Decimonoveno.

Tenth. Décimo.

Twentieth. Vigésimo.

Page 341: Apuntes Ingles

354

• En las decenas “y” cambia por “-ie”. Hundred, thousand y million añaden “-th” Twenty. Thirty.

Forty. Fifty. Sixty. Seventy.

Twentieth. Thirtieth.

Fortieth. Fiftieth. Sixtieth. Seventieth.

USOS

En fechas. November 30 t h .

Capítulos. Chapter III.

Monarcas. Juan Carlos I. ( The first)

EQUIVALENCIA DE PESOS Y MEDIDAS 1 ounce.

28,35 gramos.

1 pound.

454 gramos.

1 inch.

2,45 centímetros.

1 foot.

30 centímetros.

1 mile.

1.610 metros. Milla terrestre.

1 mile.

1.852 metros. Milla marina.

1 pint.

0,57 litros.

1 gallon.

4,54 litros.

1 stone 6’356 kilos.

12 inches = 1 foot. 30,48 centimetros.

3 feet = 1 yard.

91,44 centimetros.

1760 yards= 1 mile=. 1,61 kilometres.

16 ounces= 1 pound 0,454 kilos.

Page 342: Apuntes Ingles

355

PAISES Y NACIONALIDADES Brazil. Brasil.

Brazilian.

Britain. Gran Bretaña.

British.

Canada. Canadá.

Canadian.

China. China.

Chinese.

Denmark. Dinamarca.

Danish.

Egypt. Egipto.

Egyptian.

Europe. Europa.

European.

Finland . Finlandia.

Finnish.

France. Francia.

French.

Germany. Alemania.

German.

Greece. Grecia.

Greek.

Holland . Holanda.

Dutch.

Ireland . Irlanda.

Irish.

I taly. Italia.

Italian.

Japan. Japón.

Japanese.

Page 343: Apuntes Ingles

356

Mexico. Méjico.

Mexican.

Norway. Noruega.

Norwegian.

Poland . Polonia.

Polish.

Scotland . Escocia.

Scottish.

Spain. España.

Spanish Spaniard.

Portugal. Portugal.

Portuguese.

Sweden. Suecia.

Swedish.

Switzerland . Suiza.

Swiss.

Turkey. Turquía.

Turkish.

Wales. Gales.

Welsh.

Page 344: Apuntes Ingles

357

LA FAMILIA Ancestor. Antepasado.

Grandfather. Abuelo.

Grandmother. Abuela.

Relative. Pariente.

Father. Padre

Mother. Madre.

Twin. Gemelo.

Son. Hijo.

Daughter. Hija.

Mum. Mamá.

Brother. Hermano.

Sister. Hermana.

Dad. Papá.

Husband . Esposo

Wife. Esposa.

Cousin. Primo.

Uncle. Tio.

Aunt. Tia.

Nephew. Sobrino.

Grandson. Nieto.

Granddaughter. Nieta.

Niece. Sobrina.

Brother-in-law. Cuñado.

Sister- in-law. Cuñada.

Widow. Viuda.

Father- in-law. Suegro.

Mother-in-law. Suegra.

Widower. Viudo.

Son-in-law. Yerno.

Daughter- in-law. Nuera.

Page 345: Apuntes Ingles

358

PROFESIONES Lawyer. Abogado.

Teacher. Profesor.

Actor. Actor.

Farmer. Agricultor.

Bricklayer. Albañil.

Mayor. Alcalde.

Artist. Artista.

Housewife. Ama de casa.

Barber. Barbero.

Librarian. Bibliotecario.

Waiter. Camarero.

Singer. Cantante.

Butcher. Carnicero.

Carpenter. Carpintero.

Surgeon. Cirujano.

Conductor. Cobrador de autobus.

Driver. Conductor.

Janitor. Conserje.

Accountant. Contable.

Priest. Sacerdote.

Headmaster. Director de un colegio.

Economist. Economista.

Nurse. Enfermera.

Chemist. Farmacéutico.

Manager. Gerente.

Blacksmith. Herrero.

Researcher. Investigador.

Jeweller. Joyero.

Judge. Juez.

Cleaner. Limpiador.

Sailor. Marinero.

Typist. Mecanógrafo.

Dressmaker. Modista.

Baker. Panadero.

Hairdresser. Peluquero.

Painter. Pintor.

Secretary. Secretario.

Soldier. Militar.

Grocer. Tendero.

Shoemaker. Zapatero.

Salesman. Vendedor.

Page 346: Apuntes Ingles

359

LA CASA Bedroom. Dormitorio.

Hall. Entrada.

Door. Puerta.

Bathroom. Cuarto de baño.

Kitchen. Cocina.

Corridor. Pasillo.

Air conditioning. Aire acondicionado.

Lift. Ascensor.

Central heating. Calefacción central.

Water heater. Calentador de agua.

Diningroom. Comedor.

Garage. Garaje.

Curtains. Cortinas.

Study. Despacho.

Loft. Desván

Attic. Ático.

Stairs. Escaleras.

Doorbell. Timbre.

Letterbox. Buzón.

Aerial. Antena.

Garden. Jardín.

Roof. Tejado.

Window. Ventana.

Chair. Silla.

Shelf. Estantería.

Wall. Pared.

Light. Luz.

Toilet. Aseo.

Heating. Calefacción.

Corridor. Pasillo.

Basement. Sótano.

Ceiling. Techo.

Page 347: Apuntes Ingles

360

LA COCINA Tin opener. Abrelatas.

Refrigerator. Nevera.

Microwave oven. Horno microondas.

Sink. Fregadero.

Spoon. Cuchara.

Knife. Cuchillo.

Fork. Tenedor.

Toaster. Tostadora.

Saucepan. Cacerola.

Freezer. Congelador.

Pantry. Despensa.

Broom Escoba.

Oven. Horno.

Tap. Grifo.

Washing machine. Lavadora.

Washing up liquid. Liquido para fregar los platos.

Dishwasher. Fregaplatos.

Iron. Plancha.

Saucer. Platillo.

Corkscrew. Sacacorchos.

Ironing board. Tabla de planchar.

Cup. Taza.

Mug. Tazón.

Telephone. Teléfono.

Teapot. Tetera.

Cloth. Trapo.

Glass. Vaso.

Dishes. Platos.

Litter. Basura.

Coffe pot. Cafetera.

Pan. Sartén.

Page 348: Apuntes Ingles

361

EL CUARTO DE BAÑO Toilet. Taza del WC.

Towel. Toalla.

Mirror. Espejo.

Washbasin. Lavabo.

Bath. Bañera.

Bidet. Bidé.

Shower. Ducha.

Plug. Enchufe.

Soap. Jabón

Towel. Toalla.

Toothbrush. Cepillo de dientes.

Razor. Maquinilla de afeitar.

Toothpaste. Pasta dentífrica.

Comb. Peine.

Shower. Ducha.

Emergency kit. Botiquín.

Brush. Cepillo.

Shampoo. Champú.

Hairspray. Laca.

Comb. Peine.

Dryer. Secador.

Cologne. Colonia.

Compresses. Compresas.

Makeup. Maquillaje.

Sponge. Esponja.

Lipstick. Lapiz de labios.

Tissue. Papel higiénico.

Nail polish. Laca de uñas.

Eyeliner. Rímmel.

Eyeshadow. Sombra de ojos.

Comb. Peine.

Eye-shadow. Sombra de ojos.

Lipstick. Barra de labios.

Mirror. Espejo.

Nail varnish. Esmalte de uñas.

Perfume. Perfume.

Aftershave. Loción.

Hairbrush. Cepillo.

Deodorant. Desodorante.

To shave. Afeitarse.

To have a bath. Bañarse.

To have a shower. Ducharse.

To dry. Secar.

Showergel. Gel.

Sanitary towel. Compresa.

El DORMITORIO Alarm clock. Bed. Duvet. Bedclothes.

Page 349: Apuntes Ingles

362

Despertador.

Cama. Edredón. Ropa de cama.

Sheet. Sábana.

Dressing table. Tocador.

Alarm clock. Despertador.

EL SALON Television. Television.

Telephone. Teléfono.

Lamp. Lampara

Sofa. Sofa.

Bokcase. Librería.

Window. Ventana.

Ashtray. Cenicero.

Fireplace. Chimenea.

Cushion Cojín.

Picture. Cuadro

Rocking chair. Mecedora.

Table. Mesa

Carpet. Alfombra.

Wallpaper. Papel pintado.

Lampshade. Pantalla.

Clock. Reloj.

Chair. Silla.

Sofa. Sofá.

MUEBLES Wardrobe. Armario.

Sideboard. Aparador.

Chest of drawers. Cómoda.

Bed. Cama.

Table. Mesa.

LA CIUDAD

Page 350: Apuntes Ingles

363

Airport. Aeropuerto.

Bus station. Estación de autobuses.

Car park. Parking.

Cinema. Cine.

Hospital. Hospital.

Hotel. Hotel.

Market. Mercado.

Police station. Comisaría.

Post office. Oficina de Correos.

Toilets. Aseos.

Restaurant. Restaurant.

Station. Estación

Bank. Banco.

Beach. Playa.

Book shop. Libreria.

Library. Biblioteca.

Chemist. Farmacia.

Church. Iglesia.

Petrol station. Gasolinera.

Phone box. Cabina de teléfono.

Sea. Mar.

River. Río.

Supermarket. Supermercado.

Street. Calle.

Cathedral Catedral.

Cementery. Cementerio.

Building. Edificio.

School. Escuela.

Sculpture. Escultura.

Stadium. Estadio

Statue. Estatua.

Fair. Feria.

Art gallery Galería de arte.

Hospital. Hospital.

Garden. Jardín.

Monastery. Monasterio.

Museum. Museo.

Pavilion. Pabellón.

Palace. Palacio.

Park. Parque.

Square. Plaza.

Bridge. Puente.

River. Río.

Ruins. Ruinas.

Theater. Teatro.

Zoo. Zoológico.

Cinema. Cine.

Baker. Panadería.

Butcher. Carnicería.

Drugstore. Droguería.

Delicatessen. Fishmonger. Pescadería.

Greengrocer. Verdulería.

Grocer. Ultramarinos.

Hardware store. Ferretería.

Newsagent. Prensa.

Off-licence. Bodega.

Post office. Oficina postal.

Page 351: Apuntes Ingles

364

TIENDAS

Page 352: Apuntes Ingles

365

PARTES DEL CUERPO Eye. Ojo.

Mouth. Boca.

Nose. Nariz

Hair. Pelo.

Chest. Pecho.

Leg. Pierna.

Elbow. Codo.

Knee. Rodilla.

Stomach. Estómago.

Head. Cabeza.

Ear. Oreja.

Chin. Barbilla.

Foot. Pie.

Arm. Brazo.

Hand. Mano.

Throat. Garganta.

Fist. Puño.

Thumb. Dedo pulgar.

Finger. Dedo.

Mouth. Boca.

Moustache. Bigote.

Tongue. Lengua.

Brain. Cerebro.

Heart. Corazón.

Lung. Pulmón.

Kidney. Riñon.

Muscle. Músculo.

Neck. Cuello.

COMIDA Biscuits. Galletas.

Cakes. Pasteles.

Chewing gum. Chicle.

Sweets. Golosinas.

Fruit juice. Zumo.

Milk. Leche.

Sugar. Azúcar.

Tea. Té.

Eggs. Huevos.

Butter. Mantequilla.

Bread. Pan.

Cheese. Queso.

Rice. Arroz.

Spaghetti. Espaguetis.

Chips. Patatas fritas.

Meat. Carne.

Fish. Pescado.

Chicken. Pollo.

Sandwich. Bocadillo.

Meatballs. Albóndigas.

Lambchops. Chuletas de cordero.

Fillet. Filete.

Hamburguer. Hamburguesa.

Page 353: Apuntes Ingles

366

EN LA MESA Sugar caddy. Azucarero.

Bottle. Botella.

Cafetera. Coffepot.

Glass. Vaso.

Tablecloth. Mantel.

Bread. Pan.

Salt. Sal.

Napkin. Servilleta.

Cup. Taza.

Fork. Tenedor.

Teapot. Tetera.

Vinager. Vinagre.

Oil. Aceite.

Garlic. Ajo.

Cinnamon. Canela.

Hot pepper. Guindilla.

Butter. Mantequilla.

Mustard. Mostaza

Parsley. Perejil.

Pepper. Pimienta.

Salt. Sal.

Vinegar. Vinagre.

Smoked. Ahumado.

Grilled. Asado.

Breaded. Empanado.

Fried. Frito.

Boiled. Hervido.

Rare. Poco hecho.

Well done. Bien pasado.

Medium. Al punto.

Baked. Cocinado.

Roasted. Asado.

SABORES Acid. Ácido.

Bitter. Amargo.

Hot. Caliente.

Sweet. Dulce.

Fresh. Fresco.

Cold. Frío.

Tasty. Sabroso.

Spicy. Picante.

BEBIDAS Water. Agua.

Tap water. Agua del grifo

Mineral water. Agua mineral.

Sparkling water. Agua con gas.

Page 354: Apuntes Ingles

367

Tonic water. Tónica.

Black coffee. Café solo.

Short coffee. Cortado.

Decaffeinated coffee. Descafeinado.

Espresso. Café exprés.

Long coffee. Café largo.

Coffee with milk. Café con leche.

Tea. Té.

Beer. Cerveza.

White wine. Vino blanco.

Rose wine. Vino rosado.

Red wine. Vino tinto.

Orange juice. Zumo de naranja.

Hot chocolate. Chocolate.

Soda. Gaseosa.

Gin. Ginebra.

Whisky. Whisky.

Rum. Ron.

Draft beer. Caña.

Soft drink. Refresco.

Coke. Coca cola.

Juice. Zumo.

FRUTAS Y VERDURAS Apple. Manzana.

Musrhroom. Champiñón.

Broccoli. Brécol.

Asparagus. Espárragos.

Tomato. Tomate.

Artichokes. Alcachofas.

Escarole. Escarola.

Cucumber. Pepino.

Cabbage. Repollo.

Endives. Endivias.

Lettuce. Lechuga.

Avocado. Aguacate.

Brussels sprouts. Coles de Bruselas.

Peas. Guisante.

Carrot. Zanahoria.

Apricots. Albaricoques.

Spinachs. Espinaca.

Radishes. Rábanos.

Potato. Patata.

Plums. Ciruelas.

Leeks. Puerros.

Onion. Cebolla.

Banana. Plátano.

Coconut. Coco.

Carrot. Zanahoria.

Orange. Naranja.

Zucchinni. Calabacín.

Date. Dátil.

Raspberries. Frambuesas.

Strawberries. Fresas.

Lemon. Limón.

Mandarin. Mandarina.

Page 355: Apuntes Ingles

368

Mango. Mango.

Peaches. Melocotones.

Quince. Membrillo.

Orange. Naranja.

Pear. Pera.

Pineapple. Piña.

Watermelon. Sandía.

Melon. Melón.

Raisin. Pasa.

Aubergine. Berengena.

Celery. Apio.

POSTRES Pudding Pudin.

Icecream Helado.

Custard. Natillas

Marmalade. Mermelada.

Honey. Miel.

Honey. Miel.

Cake. Tarta

Yogurt. Yogur.

Chocolate. Chocolate.

Cookies. Galletas.

PESCADOS Anchovy. Anchoa.

Elver. Angula.

Octopus. Pulpo.

Shrimps. Gambas.

Angler. Rape.

Hake. Merluza.

Oysters. Ostras.

Sole. Lenguado.

Clams. Almejas.

Herring. Arenque.

Prawn. Langostino.

Squids. Calamares.

Cockle. Berberecho.

Lobster. Langosta.

Razor clam. Navajas.

Sword fish. Pez espada.

Cod. Bacalao.

Mackerel. Caballa.

Salmon. Salmón.

Turbot. Rodaballo.

Crab. Cangrejo.

Mussels. Mejillones.

Sardine. Sardina.

Cuttlefish. Norway lobster. Sea bream.

Page 356: Apuntes Ingles

369

Sepia.

Cigala.

Besugo.

CARNES Bacon. Tocino.

Deer. Ciervo.

Hen. Gallina.

Partridge. Codorniz.

Chicken. Pollo.

Goose. Ganso.

Lamb. Cordero.

Pork. Cerdo.

Cow. Vaca.

Hare. Liebre.

Ox. Buey.

Rabbit. Conejo.

Turkey. Pavo.

FRUTOS SECOS Almonds. Almendras.

Hazelnuts. Avellanas.

Chestnuts. Castañas.

Pinenuts. Piñones.

Sunflowerseeds. Pipas.

Pistachios. Pistachos.

MEDIOS DE TRANSPORTE Car. Coche.

Bus. Autobús.

Taxi. Taxi.

Ship. Barco.

On foot. A pie.

Plane. Avión.

ACTIVIDADES DIARIAS

Page 357: Apuntes Ingles

370

Wake up. Despertarse.

Get up. Levantarse.

Have a shower. Ducharse.

Get dressed. Vestirse.

Have breakfast. Desayunar.

Go to work. Ir al trabajo.

Have lunch. Comer.

Watch TV. Ver la TV.

Buy the newspaper. Comprar el periódico.

Go for a walk. Dar un paseo.

Have dinner. Cenar.

Go to bed. Irse a la cama.

ACTIVIDADES DE TIEMPO LIBRE Meet friends. Reunirse con amigos.

Go to the cinema. Ir al cine.

Go to the mountains. Ir al campo.

Go shopping. Ir de compras.

Go to the pub. Ir al pub.

Go to the disco. Ir a la discoteca.

ROPA Coat. Abrigo.

Cap. Gorra.

Pocket. Bolsillo

Skirt. Falda.

Belt. Cinturón

Clogs. Zuecos.

Purse. Monedero.

Sleeve. Manga

Bikini . Bikini.

Dress. Vestido

Pyjamas. Pijama.

Stockings. Medias.

Blouse. Blusa.

Dressing gown. Bata.

Ring . Swimming trunks.

Tie. Corbata.

Boots. Botas.

Handbag. Bolso.

Sandals. Sandalias.

Trainers. Zapatillas de deporte.

Bow. Lazo.

Hat. Sombrero.

Shirt. Camisa.

Trousers. Pantalones.

Page 358: Apuntes Ingles

371

Bra. Sujetador.

Jacket. Chaqueta

Shoes. Zapatos.

T-shirt. Camiseta

Bracelet. Pulsera

Jeans. Vaquero.

Shorts. Pantalón corto.

Umbrella. Paraguas.

Braces. Tirantes.

Knickers. Bragas.

Size. Talla.

Underpants. Calzoncillos.

Vest. Camiseta.

Slippers. Zapatillas de ir por casa.

Jacket. Chaqueta.

Wellingtons. Botas de agua.

Socks. Calcetines.

Cap. Gorra.

Raincoat. Gabardina.

Zipper. Cremallera.

Scarf. Bufanda.

Glasses. Gafas.

Gloves. Guantes.

Watch. Reloj de pulsera.

Ear-rings. Pendientes.

Bracelet. Pulsera.

Necklace. Collar.

Handkerchief. Pañuelo.

Jacket. Chaqueta.

Scarf. Bufanda.

Socks. Calcetines.

Vest. Chaleco.

Belt. Cinturón.

Zipper. Cremallera.

Slip. Enagua.

Gloves. Guantes.

COMPLEMENTOS Y JOYERIA Bracelet. Pulsera.

Brooch. Broche.

Earring. Pendiente.

Necklace. Collar.

Watch. Reloj.

Ring. Sortija.

Chain. Cadena.

Pendant. Colgante.

TEJIDOS Y MATERIALES Acrylic. Acrílico.

Cotton. Algodón.

Leather. Piel.

Knitted. De punto.

Page 359: Apuntes Ingles

372

Wool. Lana.

Corduroy. Pana.

Silk. Seda.

Velvet. Terciopelo.

Cloth. Tela.

Fur. Piel.

Glass. Cristal.

Leather. Cuero.

Oil. Aceite.

Silver. Plata.

Stone. Piedra.

Wire. Alambre.

Bronze. Bronce.

Canvas. Lona.

China. Porcelana.

Corduroy. Pana.

Iron. Hierro.

Linen. Lino.

Porcelain. Porcelana.

Steel. Acero.

Vervet. Terciopelo.

Aluminium. Aluminio.

Brass. Latón.

Clay. Arcilla.

Clay. Arcilla.

Denim. Tela vaquera.

Marble. Mármol.

Plaster. Yeso.

Suede. Ante.

Tinfoil. Papel de aluminio.

Wax. Cera.

Page 360: Apuntes Ingles

373

ADJECTIVOS PARA LA DESCRIPCION FIGURE

FACE NOSE HAIR EYES SKIN CHARACTER

Tall. Alto.

Round. Redonda.

Long. Larga.

Straight. Liso.

Bright. Brillantes.

Pale. Pálido.

Humble. Humilde.

Short. Bajo.

Oval. Ovalada.

Flat. Chata.

Wavy. Rizado.

Large. Grandes.

Tanned. Bronceado.

Proud. Orgulloso.

Stout. Robusto.

Long. Larga.

Prominent. Prominente

Tangled. Enredado

Small. Pequeños.

Flecked. Con pecas

Greedy. Avaricioso.

Thin. Delgado.

Small. Pequeña.

Brown. Marrón

Blue. Azules.

Selfish. Egoista.

Athletic. Atlético.

Wrinkled. Arrugada.

Auburn. Castaño.

Grey. Grises.

Miserable. Triste.

Muscular. Musculoso.

Golden. Rubio.

Merry. Alegres.

Honest. Honrado.

Silky. Sedoso.

Mean. Tacaño.

Blonde. Rubio.

Stubborn. Cabezota.

Enthusiastic. Entusiasta.

Page 361: Apuntes Ingles

374

ADJETIVOS PARA DESCRIBIR EL CARACTER Boring. Aburrido.

Pleasant. Agradable.

Cheerful. Alegre.

Ambitious. Ambicioso.

Adventurous. Audaz.

Greedy. Avaricioso.

Bright. Brillante.

Loving. Cariñoso.

Gossipy. Chismoso.

Sympathetic. Compasivo.

Polite. Cortés.

Careful. Cuidadoso.

Determined. Decidido.

Amusing. Divertido.

Boastful. Fanfarrón

Childish. Infantil.

Clever. Listo

Crazy. Loco.

Proud. Orgulloso.

Vain. Presumido.

Wise. Sabio.

Stubborn. Testarudo.

Page 362: Apuntes Ingles

375

LA ESCUELA Book. Libro.

Desk. Pupitre.

Blackboard. Pizarra.

Paper. Papel.

Teacher. Profesor.

Bulletin board. Tablón de anuncios.

School. Colegio.

University. Universidad.

Pen. Bolígrafo.

Notepad. Bloc de notas.

Notebook. Cuaderno.

Sheet of paper. Hoja de papel.

Pencil. Lapicero.

Eraser. Borrador.

Paste. Pegamento.

Ruler. Regla.

Sharpener. Sacapuntas.

Chalk. Tiza.

College. Universidad.

Essay. Trabajo.

Exam. Examen.

Fountain pen. Pluma estilográfica.

Holidays. Vacaciones.

Lecture. Conferencia.

Homework. Deberes.

Lesson. Lección.

Map. Mapa.

Mistake. Error.

Question. Pregunta.

Reading. Lectura.

Rubber. Borrador.

Schoolbag. Cartera.

Timetable. Horario.

Break Recreo.

Dictation Dictado.

Janitor. Conserje.

To pass. Aprobar.

To fail. Suspender.

Term. Trimestre.

Blot. Borrón.

Canteen Cantina.

Calculator. Calculadora.

Spelling. Ortografía.

Nursery school. Parvulario.

Primary school. Escuela primaria.

Infants school. Escuela (5-7 años)

Junior school. (7-11 años)

High school. Instituto.

Grammar school. Instituto de bach.

Secondary modern school. Formación prof.

University. Universidad.

Polythecnic. Universidad politécnica.

Playground. Patio.

Geography. Geografía.

Chemistry. Química.

Mathematics. Matemáticas.

Physics. Exam. Degree. Teacher.

Page 363: Apuntes Ingles

376

Física.

Examen. Licenciatura. Profesor.

Principal. Director.

To revise. Repasar.

Subject. Asignatura.

LA OFICINA Letter. Carta.

Envelope. Sobre.

Computer. Ordenador.

Label. Etiqueta.

Printer. Impresora.

Keyboard. Teclado.

INSTRUMENTOS

DEPORTES Tennis. Tenis.

Football. Fútbol.

Handball. Balonmano.

Basketball. Baloncesto

Swimming. Natación.

Ice hockey. Jockey sobre hielo.

Billiards. Billar.

DOLENCIAS Headache. Dolor de cabeza.

Toothache. Dolor de muelas

Backache. Dolor de espalda.

Sore throat. Dolor de garganta.

Break a leg. Romperse una pierna.

Temperature. Fiebre.

Stomachache. Dolor de barriga.

Measles. Sarampión.

Page 364: Apuntes Ingles

377

TAREAS DOMESTICAS To do the washing. Lavar la ropa.

To do the washing up. Lavar los platos.

To do the ironing. Planchar.

To do the cleaning. Limpiar.

To make the beds. Hacer las camas.

To do the dusting. Quitar el polvo.

To do the gardening. Arreglar el jardín.

To tidy. Ordenar.

TIEMPO ATMOSFERICO Fine. Bueno.

Sunny. Soleado.

Hot. Caluroso.

Wet. Humedo

Warm. Templado.

Windy. Ventoso.

Swony. Nevado.

Frosty. Helado.

Freezing. Mucho frio.

Centigrades. Centígrados.

Sunny. Soleado.

Degree. Grados

Foggy. Con niebla.

Hot. Caluroso.

Cold. Frio.

Cloudy. Nublado.

Rainy. Lluvioso.

Windy Ventoso.

EL DOCTOR

ANIMALES Cow. Vaca.

Calf. Ternero.

Horse. Caballo.

Duck. Pato

Bull. Toro.

Pig. Cerdo.

Goat. Cabra.

Chicken. Pollo.

Page 365: Apuntes Ingles

378

Dog. Perro.

Bitch. Perra.

Hen. Gallina.

Tortoise. Tortuga.

Goldfish. Pez de colores.

Pelican. Pelícano

Swan. Cisne.

Seagull. Gaviota.

Cod. Bacalao.

Herring. Arenque.

Shark. Tiburón.

Sole. Lenguado.

Trout. Trucha.

Hake. Merluza.

Crab. Cangrejo.

Mussel. Mejillón.

Prawn. Gamba.

Squid. Calamar.

MEDIOS DE TRANSPORTE

ARBOLES, FLORES Y PLANTAS Daisy. Margarita.

Tulip. Tulipán.

Carnation Clavel.

Thistle. Cardo.

Oak. Roble.

Elm. Olmo.

Ash. Fresno.

Pine. Pino.

Palm. Palmera.

Cedar. Cedro.

Geranium. Geranio.

Jasmine. Jazmín.

Orchid. Orquídea.

Rose. Rosa.

Violet. Violeta.

HERRAMIENTAS

POLITICA

Page 366: Apuntes Ingles

379

Prime minister. Primer ministro.

MP. Diputado.

Parliament. Parlamaento.

Cabinet. Gobierno.

House of commons. Cámara de los comunes.

House of lords. Cámara de los lores.

President. Presidente.

Governor. Gobernador.

Congress. Congreso.

Senate. Senado.

Mayor. Alcalde.

Council. Ayuntamiento.

Councillor. Concejal.

To vote. Votar.

Conservative party. Partido conservador.

Liberal. Liberal.

Democracy. Democracia.

RELIGION Faith. Fe.

God. Dios.

Virgin Mary. Virgen María.

Angel. Ángel.

Devil. Demonio.

Saint. Santo.

Priest. Sacerdote.

Vicar. Vicario.

Bishop. Obispo.

Monk. Monje.

Nun. Monja.

Heaven. Cielo.

Abbey. Abadía.

Cathedral. Catedral.

Monastery. Monasterio.

Church. Iglesia.

Temple. Templo.

Synagogue. sinagoga

Mosque. Mezquita.

To pray. Rezar.

Prayer. Oración.

Holy. Sagrado.

BANCO Bank. Banco.

Account. Cuenta.

Withdraw. Reintegro.

Savings. Ahorros.

Page 367: Apuntes Ingles

380

Cash. Dinero en metálico.

Profit. Beneficio.

Loss. Perdida.

Loan. Préstamo.

Page 368: Apuntes Ingles

381

SIMILES As agile as a monkey.

Muy ágil.

As bitter as gall.

Más amargo que la retama.

As black as coal.

Más negro que el carbón.

As blind as a bat.

Más ciego que un topo.

As brave as a lion.

Más valiente que un león.

As brown as a berry.

Muy moreno.

As busy as a bee.

Ocupadísimo.

As clean as a new pin.

Más limpio que el jaspe.

As clear as crystal.

Más claro que el agua.

As cool as a cucumber.

Más fresco que una lechuga.

As cunning as a fox.

Más astuto que una zorra.

As dead as a doornail.

Completamente muerto.

As deaf as a doorpost.

Más sordo que una tapia.

As different as chalk to cheese.

Diferente como de la noche al día.

As dry as a bone.

Más seco que la mojama.

As easy as ABC.

Muy fácil.

As fit as a fiddle.

En forma.

As flat as a pancake.

Liso como una tabla.

As fresh as a daisy.

Más fresco que una lechuga.

As good as gold.

Muy bueno.

As green as grass.

Verde como la hierba.

As happy as a king.

Más alegre que unas Pascuas.

Page 369: Apuntes Ingles

382

As hot as fire.

Muy caliente.

As light as a feather.

Ligero como una pluma.

As like as two peas.

Como dos gotas de agua.

As mad as a hatter.

Más loco que una cabra.

As old as the hills.

Más viejo que Matusalén.

As pale as death.

Más blanco que la pared.

As patient as Job.

Más paciente que el santo Job.

As poor as a church mouse.

Más pobre que una rata.

As proud as a peacock.

Más orgulloso que un pavo real.

As quiet as a mouse.

Más callado que nunca.

As red as betroot.

Más rojo que un pimiento.

As right as rain.

Más derecho que una vela.

As round as a barrel.

Más gordo que un barril.

As sharp as a razor.

Muy ingenioso.

As silent as the grave.

Más callado que una tumba.

As slippery as an eel.

Escurridizo como una anguila.

As slow as a tortoise.

Más lento que una tortuga.

As smooth as velvet.

Más suave que un guante.

As sweet as honey.

Más dulce que la miel.

As thin as a rake.

Más delgado que un palo.

As timid as a mouse.

Más tímido que nadie.

As white as snow.

Más blanco que la nieve.

As wise as an owl.

Muy sabio.

Page 370: Apuntes Ingles

383

REFRANES A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.

Más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando.

A cat may look at a king.

Nada es imposible.

A friend in need is a friend indeed. Un amigo en la necesidad es un amigo de verdad.

A man is known by his friends.

Dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres.

A stich in time saves nine. Quien no arregla la gotera, arregla la casa entera.

Actions speak louder than words.

Obras son amores y no buenas razones.

All roads lead to Rome.

Todos los caminos conducen a Roma.

All that glitters is not gold.

No es oro todo lo que reluce.

All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy.

Debe de haber tiempo para todo.

Among the blind the one-eyed is king.

En el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey.

An apple a day keeps the doctor away.

Una manzana al día, mantiene al doctor en la lejanía.

Barking dogs seldom bite.

Perro ladrador, poco mordedor.

Better be alone than in ill company.

Más vale solo que mal acompañado.

Better late than never.

Más vale tarde que nunca.

Birds of a feather flock together.

Dios los cría y ellos se juntan.

Blood is thicker than water.

La familia es lo que más tira.

Constant dripping wears the stone.

La constancia lo puede todo.

Courtesy cost nothing.

La amabiliad no cuesta nada.

Cut your coat according to your cloth.

Amóldate a tu presupuesto.

Don’t count your chickens until they are hatched.

No hagas como en el cuento de la lechera.

Page 371: Apuntes Ingles

384

Early to bed, early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise.

Acostarse pronto y levantarse temprano hacen al hombre sano, rico y sabio.

Example is better than precept.

El ejemplo es el mejor precepto.

God helps those who help themselves.

Dios ayuda a los que se ayudan a sí mismos.

He who laughs last laughs longer.

El que ríe el último, ríe mejor.

He who pays the piper calls the tune.

El que paga manda.

It’s no use crying over spilt milk.

Agua pasada no mueve molino.

Look after the pence and the pounds will look after themselves.

Cuida de los peniques y las libras se cuidarán solas.

Make hay while the sun shines.

Disfruta mientras puedas.

Never look a gift horse in the mouth.

A caballo regalado no le mires el diente.

One good turn deserves another.

Un buen favor se paga con otro.

Out of sight, out of mind.

Ojos que no ven, corazón que no siente.

Practice makes perfect.

La práctica hace maestros.

Such a father, such a son.

De tal palo, tal astilla.

The early bird catches the worm.

A quien madruga Dios le ayuda.

Too many cooks spoil the broth.

Demasiados cocineros echan a perder el caldo.

Two heads are better than one.

Cuatro ojos ven más que dos.

What’s worth doing is worth doing well.

Lo que vale la pena hacer, vale la pena hacerlo bien.

When the cat is away the mice will play.

Cuando el gato está ausente, los ratones se divierten.

Where there is a will, there is a way.

Querer es poder.

You can not have your cake and have it.

No puedes tenerlo todo.

Page 372: Apuntes Ingles

385

EXPRESIONES IDIOMATICAS A close shave.

Por los pelos.

A crying shame.

Una vergüenza.

A day off.

Un día libre.

A dish.

Estar como un tren.

A slip of the tongue.

Un lapsus.

All alone.

Más solo que la una.

All in all.

En resumidas cuentas.

All over the world.

Por todo el mundo.

All the same.

A pesar de todo.

April fool.

Inocente.

As a matter of fact.

De hecho.

As good as done.

Dar algo por hecho.

Be in a hurry.

Tener prisa.

Be in the red.

Estar en números rojos.

Be moody.

Estar de mal humor.

Be the talk of the town.

Ser la comidilla del pueblo.

Be your age.

No seas niño. Compórtate.

Brand new

Nuevo.

By heart.

De memoria.

By the way.

A propósito.

Call a spade a spade.

Al pan pan y al vino vino.

Crack a joke.

Contar un chiste.

Page 373: Apuntes Ingles

386

Every now and then.

De vez en cuando.

Feel homesick.

Sentir morriña.

First things first.

Lo primero es lo primero.

Follow suit.

Seguir el ejemplo.

Get rid of.

Librarse de.

Give someone a cold shoulder.

Dar de lado a alguien.

Give someone the sack.

Despedir a alguien del trabajo.

Go out on a spree.

Irse de marcha.

Go to hell.

Irse a la porra.

Goodness.

Cielos.

Have a good time.

Pasarlo bien.

Have a sweet tooth.

Ser goloso.

Have forty winks.

Dar una cabezadita.

Have fun.

Pasarlo bien.

Have the knack of.

Tener habilidad para algo.

Hit the jackpot.

Tocarle a uno el gordo.

I don’t give a damn.

Me importa un bledo.

If the cap fits wear it.

Si te pica, te aguantas.

In black and white.

Por escrito.

In the twinkling of an eye.

En un abrir y cerrar de ojos.

In time.

A tiempo.

Inside out.

Al revés.

It goes without saying.

Ni que decir tiene.

It’s up to you. Depende de ti.

Page 374: Apuntes Ingles

387

Jump to conclusions.

Sacar conclusiones.

Keep one’s fingers crossed.

Tocar madera.

Last but no least.

El último pero no por eso menos importante.

Love at first sight.

Amor a primera vista.

Many happy returns of the day.

Que cumplas muchos más.

Mind your own business.

Métete en tus asuntos.

Off the beaten track.

Fuera de lo común.

On leave.

De permiso.

On second thoughts.

Pensándolo mejor.

On time.

Puntual.

Once and for all.

De una vez por todas.

Once in a blue moon.

De uvas a peras.

Once upon a time.

Érase una vez.

One’s cup of tea.

Santo de devoción.

Out of the blue.

De repente.

Over and over again.

Una y otra vez.

Owe someone a grudge.

Tenérsela jurada a alguien.

Play host.

Hacer los honores.

Rack one’s brains.

Devanarse los sesos.

Ring a bell.

Ser familiar.

Show off.

Presumir, ostentar.

Sleep on it.

Consultarlo con la almohada.

Talk shop.

Hablar del trabajo fuera de horas.

Page 375: Apuntes Ingles

388

The coast is clear.

No hay moros en la costa.

The last but one.

El penúltimo.

There’s no accounting for taste.

Sobre gustos no hay nada escrito.

Third time lucky.

A la tercera va la vencida.

Time is money.

El tiempo es oro.

Time is up.

Ser la hora.

To be like a bull in a china shop.

Ser un desmañado.

Turn over a new leaf.

Borrón y cuenta nueva.

Two heads are better than one.

Cuatro ojos ven más que dos.

Page 376: Apuntes Ingles

391

ABREVIATURAS a.m.

Before noon.

A/c.

Account.

AD.

Anno Domini.

B.A.

Bachelor of Arts.

B.C.

Before Christ.

B/E.

Bill of exchange.

B.B.C.

British Broadcasting Corporation.

Bros.

Brothers.

c.a.d.

Cash againts documents.

C.O.D.

Cash on delivery.

C.W.O.

Cash with order.

Cfm.

Confirm.

CIA.

Central Intelligence Agency.

Co.

Company.

Dept.

Department.

e.g.

For example.

FBI.

Federal Bureau of Investigation.

G.M.T.

Greenwich Mean Time.

GCE.

General Certificate of Education.

H.M.

Her Majesty.

H.R.H.

His or Her Royal Highness.

I.O.U.

I owe you.

Page 377: Apuntes Ingles

392

IBM.

International Business Machine.

IRA.

Irish Republican Army.

ISBN.

International Standard Book Number.

K.

A thousand.

K.O.

Knock-out.

L/C.

Letter of credit.

Ltd.

Limited.

m.p.h.

Miles per hour.

MP.

Member of Parliament.

NASA. National Astronautic and Space Administration.

NATO.

North Atlantic Treaty Organization.

NHS.

National Health Service.

o.n.o.

Or nearest offer.

P.

Pence.

p.a.

Per annum.

P.T.O.

Please turn over.

Pls.

Please.

POB.

Post Office Box.

R&D.

Research and development.

R.S.V.P.

Répondez s’il vous pliat.

Rgds.

Regards.

SOS.

Save our souls.

Thx.

Thanks.

Page 378: Apuntes Ingles

393

U.N.O.

United Nations Organization.

U.S.A.

United States of America.

U.S.S.R.

Union of Soviet Socialist Republics.

UFO.

Unidentified Flying Object.

V.A.T.

Value Added Tax.

V.I.P.

Very Important Person.

Y.M.C.A.

Young Men’s Christian Association.

Page 379: Apuntes Ingles

396

1) Mary.........a German boyfriend. a - Has b - Have c - Are

2) We .....................a nice park near Sagasta Sqaure. a - Has b - Have c - Is

3) Yesterday Mr García .......it was going to rain. a - Say b - Said c - Tells

4) They were....................a fire yesterday. a - Made b - Making c - Doing

5) My grandmother was always.................home. a - At b - In c - On

6) Monforte is .................the road to Alicante. a - On b - In c - At

7) He is very good .............music. a - In b - On c - At

8) He is always ......a bad mood. a - In b - On c - At

9) ......the moment things are very different. a - In b - At c - On

10) He was ........the Navy. a - In b - On c - At

11) She drives ........full speed a - At b - In c - On

12) I am .............working there but I will change very soon.

Page 380: Apuntes Ingles

397

a - Still b - Yet c - Already

13) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Three b - Sheep c - Ship

14) El verbo "to be " significa ....... a - Tener b - Ser o estar c - Parecer

15) Si hablamos de un perro usaremos el pronombre........ a - It b - He c - She

16) ¿A qué categoría gramatical pertenece: " My, your, his, her, its, our, your y their "? a - Pronombres personales b - Pronombres posesivos c - Adjetivos posesivos

17) ¿Qué preposición debemos usar cuando hablamos de los dias de la semana? a - On b - In c - At

18) El verbo to have se usa para formar los tiempos......... a - Simples b - Continuos c - Perfectos

19) How.............you do? a - Do b - Am c - Is

20) Let me introduce...... . . . . a - Me b - Myself c - Mine

21) I hope you enjoy..........stay. a - You b - Your c - Yourself

22) Here you.......... a - Are b - Is c - Am

Page 381: Apuntes Ingles

398

23) He.........a boy. a - Am b - Is c - Are

24) Isabel...............a chocolate cake. a - Is eating b - Is eat c - Is ate

25) You..................too much. a - Are work b - Are working c - Are worked

26) María Teresa................a new book. a - Are writing b - Is writeing c - Is writing

27) My sister is ..........doctor. a - An b - A c - Something

28) Is Salinas............big city? a - A b - An c - These

29) I went to the swimming pool.......hour ago. a - An b - A c - The

30) He has ........cat. a - An b - A c - Many

31) I don't work............Sunday. a - In b - On c - At

32) I wake up.........8.00. a - At b - In c - On

33) I look at the stars..................night. a - At b - In c - On

34) I ...................... l ike l iver.

Page 382: Apuntes Ingles

399

a - Does b - Doing c - Do not

35) Where...........you from? a - Is b - Are c - Am

36) What........your brother do? a - Do b - Does c - Is

37) How old ........you? a - Is b - Are c - Am

38) What languages ........you speak? a - Does b - Are c - Do

39) ........were you born? a - Where b - Which c - What

40) He............to the University. a - Goes b - Go c - Is go

41) My wife.............at a High School. a - Teaches b - Teach c - Is tiching

42) In summer, my daughter ...........her friend Marta. a - Miss b - Misses c - Is missed

43) He............the best player in Elda. a - Is b - Are c - Am

44) I ..................................a shower. a - Am having b - Has c - Has having

45) I ................................at the moment. a - Am smoking

Page 383: Apuntes Ingles

400

b - Smokeing c - Smoking

46) He .....................................fat. a - Get b - Is getting c - Gets

47) My sister ............................................a chocolate cake for my birthday. a - Has been making b - Has be made c - Has been makeing

48) They are.....................playing football. a - Yet b - Still c - Already

49) He has.....................come back from school. a - Already b - Yet c - Still

50) She ..................................with us next April in Cazorla. a - Will fish b - Would fishing c - Would been fishing

51) They ................................her at the airport tomorrow morning. a - Meet b - Are meeting c - Meets

52) I ...................................a Harley in November. a - Am driving b - Is driving c - Driving

53) I ..............................him a María Callas CD for his birthday. a - Give b - Giving c - Am giving

54) The new teacher.................................at seven. a - Come b - Is comeing c - Is coming

55) We ...........................some money to charities. a - Gives b - Are giveing c - Are giving

56) They ...........................to Majorca with all their friends. a - Are going

Page 384: Apuntes Ingles

401

b - Goes c - Are go

57) He ...............smoking next year. a - Give b - Is giveing up c - Is giving up

58) I ..........................her a new Polo for her birthday. a - Buys b - Am buying c - Buy

59) The sun ...............................................this afternoon. a - Shine b - Is shineing c - Is shining

60) The waiter ..............................................a bottle of Rioja wine. a - Bring b - Bringed c - Is bringing

61) Barcelona............against Manchester United in June a - Will be playing b - Will play be c - Will be played

62) Alejandro Sanz ...............................................a new album in March. a - Release b - Is releaseing c - Is releasing

63) What .................................................for a l iving? a - Does you do b - Do you do c - Do you does

64) I ...............................that this President will win again. a - Does not think b - Do not thinks c - Do not think

65) He .............most of the homework with his mother. a - Does b - Doing c - Do

66) I have ..................................................paella every Saturday for years. a - Ate b - Eat c - Eaten

67) They have just ............................................around Spain.

Page 385: Apuntes Ingles

402

a - Travel b - Traveled c - Travelled

68) Flavio has ............................................his girlfriend. a - Forgave b - Forgive c - Forgiven

69) Toni has ...............................................f ireworks for the summer party. a - Buyed b - Bought c - Boughting

70) Cayetano has ..........................................a new house for his family. a - Build b - Built c - Boughts

71) Mario has ........................................................the beers in the bar. a - Paid b - Payed c - Paying

72) My mother............her new portrait next week. a - Will have paint b - Will be paint c - Will have painted

73) We ............................in this house since 1997. a - Lived b - Have being living c - Have been living

74) He ......................a book for a long time. a - Writes b - Is wrote c - Has been writing

75) ........these books interesting? a - Is b - Are c - Am

76) The baby.......eating the food. a - Am b - Is c - Are

77) Cats.........black or white. a - Is b - Are

Page 386: Apuntes Ingles

403

c - Am

78) Pepita ........three daughtres. a - Has b - Haave c - Having

79) Carlos is in Elche. .............works there in a shoe factory. a - Him b - He c - His

80) ..................says that Isabel is her best friend. a - She b - Her c - Hers

81) I haven't ......................................money. a - Some b - Any c - Something

82) Would you like .........................chocolates? a - Any b - Will c - Some

83) Have you seen ................love film lately? a - Some b - Any c - No

84) There are.....................................boys playing football outside. a - These b - Some c - Any

85) Is there.........................................cinema in town? a - Any b - Some c - Six

86) I 've got ....................................books on computers. a - Any b - Some c - Me

87) ..........................there a bus from Alicante at 7.00? a - Is b - Are c - Am

88) There...........two trains to Madrid every day. a - Is b - Are c - Am

Page 387: Apuntes Ingles

404

89) ................there a supermarket near here? a - Is b - Are c - Am

90) There.................a parade next Saturday. a - Is b - Are c - Am

91) There...............many restaurants in Benidorm. a - Is b - Are c - Am

92) There.............a concert next June in Santa Pola. a - Is b - Are c - Am

93) Pepi..............................swim very fast.. a - Do b - Does not c - Do

94) .........................you like football? a - Does b - Do c - Are

95) ...................Pepe read the paper? a - Do b - Does c - Is

96) I ............................eat meat. a - Do not b - Does not c - Will do

97) I want two ......................of Fanta. a - Glass b - Glassves c - Glasses

98) This tree has many .................................................. a - Leafs b - Leaves c - Leafss

99) In the zoo I saw four ..... a - Sheep b - Sheeps c - Sheppes

100) She has many .............................

Page 388: Apuntes Ingles

405

a - Worries b - Worrys c - Worryes

101) There are ........schools in Salinas. Only two. a - Little b - Few c - Much

102) I have .........................money left. a - Little b - Few c - Many

103) We have to study.........................books. a - Much b - Many c - Any

104) Not ...................people smoke in this University. a - Manys b - Many c - Fews

105) They pay Zidane .......................money. a - Much b - Many c - Few

106) There aren't ..............................towns in Teruel. a - Many b - Much c - Little

107) They asked me ...........................questions. a - Many b - Little c - Much

108) I don't have ................................t ime. a - Much b - Many c - Little

109) Everybody says that Jorge is ..............................than his brother. a - More clever b - The more clever c - The most clever

110) I am .............................teacher here. a - The oldest b - Older c - Olderest

111) This exercise is .......................................than the previous one. a - Easier

Page 389: Apuntes Ingles

406

b - Easyer c - Easiest

112) When I was young Agustina was the ..... . . . . . . . . . .........................swimmer in Elda. a - Fastest b - Fatesr c - The ffasterest

113) This is ........................................book I have ever read. a - The goodest b - The bester c - The best

114) You should eat ....................................chocolate. a - Littler b - Less c - Littlest

115) The picture is .......................the wall. a - At b - In c - On

116) We go to church ......................Sundays. a - At b - In c - On

117) The milk's ....................................... the fridge. a - In b - At c - On

118) They sat ...........................the wall. a - On b - At c - In

119) They made the film ....................Petrel. a - In b - At c - On

120) Mary's not here - she's....................the office. a - On b - In c - At

121) The ham is...................................the shelf in the kitchen. a - On b - In c - At

122) They are all......................................the garden. a - At

Page 390: Apuntes Ingles

407

b - In c - On

123) The papers are................................my desk. a - In b - At c - On

124) He's not..........................................work today. a - On b - In c - At

125) I ' l l see you ........................................Monday. a - In b - At c - On

126) They came to visit us ....................my birthday. a - In b - At c - On

127) Did you have a good time ......................Christmas? a - In b - At c - On

128) School finishes ..................................three o'clock. a - On b - In c - At

129) I ' l l meet you............................the station. a - At b - In c - On

130) He's sti l l..........................................school. a - At b - In c - On

131) That picture....................the wall was painted by Vladi Monzó. a - In b - At c - On

132) We're meeting...............................7.00 on Tuesday. a - At b - On c - In

133) I ............................to the swimming pool every day at 5.00. a - Going b - Goes

Page 391: Apuntes Ingles

408

c - Go

134) ............................what he's saying? a - Do you understand b - Does you understand c - Did you understand

135) Horatio ..........................................a shower at the moment. a - Is has b - Is having c - Has

136) Somebody...............................to us. a - Is listens b - Listens c - Is listening

137) She..........................to go home now. a - Is wants b - Is wanted c - Wants

138) How often ........................................a magazine? a - Do you read b - Does you read c - Did you reads

139) The Town Hall ...........................................a new street to Alberto Navarro. a - Should dedicate b - Shall dedicating c - Should to dedicate

140) I ....................................................... in Aspe tomorrow. a - Will be b - Will is c - Will am

141) I .........................................my cousin in Madrid next week. a - Visited b - Will visit c - Visit

142) They ...........................a new road in 2007. a - Build b - Will build c - Builded

143) I ........................................to the Yelmo Cineplex cinemas tomorrow. a - Went b - Go c - Will go

144) They ...........................in La Sirena next Saturday. a - Will be having dinner

Page 392: Apuntes Ingles

409

b - Will dinner have c - Will be dinner

145) I..........to Berlín in August. a - Will flying b - Will flying be c - Will be flying

146) They .............................a lot with that teacher. a - Will learnt have b - Will have learnt c - Will have learn

147) He ...............................many countries in April. a - Will have seen b - Will seen c - Will be seen

148) I .............................everything before 12:00. a - Will eaten b - Will have eaten c - Will be ate

149) Next summer he ............................................a new car. a - Will bought b - Will buying c - Will have been driving

150) In May he .......................................with a new team in France. a - Will played b - Will have been playing c - Will playing be

151) We.........................................many good fi lms but this is the best. a - Has see b - Has seen c - Have seen

152) He ...............................some shoes to his brother. a - Has bought b - Has buy c - Have bought

153) The food ............................................horrible. a - Am b - Was c - Are

154) The French ...........................Spanish very bad in the past. a - Speaks b - Spoke c - Speaking

155) Inmita .......to a swimming pool in the evenings when she was 3 years old. a - Went

Page 393: Apuntes Ingles

410

b - Go c - Went

156) When we lived in Alicante my wife ....................her mother every night. a - Phone b - Phoned c - Phones will

157) My aunt ............................gazpachos in the Culebrón. a - Ate b - Eat c - Will eats

158) We.....................................a lot in England last summer. a - Enjoying b - Enjoys c - Enjoyed

159) Lady Hernández...............................her old boyfriend in a restaurant. a - Met b - Meeting c - Meets

160) I ...............................more than ever last summer. a - Swim b - Swimming c - Swam

161) They .................................to Alicante when they were young. a - Will go b - Goes c - Went

162) The doctor .......................us hat it was nothing important. a - Tolds b - Telling c - Told

163) The bus ...........................................in every city. a - Stopped b - Stopping c - Stop

164) It ..........................................during the festivies. a - Rained b - Raining c - Raineing

165) The alarm clock...............................................but I couldn't stop it. a - Ringing b - Rings c - Was ringing

Page 394: Apuntes Ingles

411

166) He has............................................on weight since he got married. a - Puts b - Put c - Putting

167) Pepe has...................................a new apartment in Santa Pola. a - Buying b - Boughted c - Bought

168) My brother- in-law has...................................football in Alicante. a - Plays b - Played c - Playeding

169) Manuela ..........................................................aspirins for a long time. a - Is takes b - Is took c - Has been taking

170) Alberto Navarro ...........................his last book for over fifteen years. a - Has been writing b - Has be writing c - Has being writing

171) There's nothing in the fridge. They..............all. a - Must have eaten b - Must has ate c - Must had eaten

172) My parents .............................me some money when I got married. a - Giving b - Gaven c - Gave

173) I ............................................that she had won the lottery. a - Have knew b - Have known c - Has know

174) Last summer they .......................................siesta before six. a - Was sleeping b - Sleep c - Were sleeping

175) I .........................................................how to get to Alicante. a - Am explaining b - Explains c - Does explain

176) I ' ve worked in Elche ...................six years. a - Since

Page 395: Apuntes Ingles

412

b - For c - Ago

177) I 've lived in Elda ...................I was a child. a - Since b - For c - Ago

178) We have not been in Rome ...........we were married. a - For b - Since c - Ago

179) I 've known them ................years. a - Ago b - For c - Since

180) She has been working here ...................she left school. a - For b - Since c - Ago

181) He has been in prison..................nine years. a - Ago b - Since c - For

182) Pepica has lived in Salinas.............................she was ten years old. a - For b - Since c - Ago

183) He has been ill .........a long time. a - For b - Since c - Ago

184) Pili is in her office. She's been there ..............7 o'clock. a - Ago b - For c - Since

185) The bus is late. We've been waiting .........................20 minutes. a - Since b - For c - Ago

186) Laura is studying Medicine ............................1987. a - Ago b - For c - Since

187) I 've been learning English.............................January. a - For b - Ago

Page 396: Apuntes Ingles

413

c - Since

188) I 've only been cycling to work......................two months. a - For b - Since c - Ago

189) If you put ice in the sun it..............................................to water. a - Turn b - Turns c - Turning

190) If you...........................................this one I ' l l bring you another. a - Doesn't like b - Didn't like c - Don't like

191) If I ................................................studied I would get a better job. a - Has b - Have c - Had

192) If it ............more we could grow more trees. a - Rain b - Rained c - Raining

193) If I had bought lottery yesterday, today I..............................................r ich. a - Would have being b - Will have been c - Would have been

194) If I had known that they were in Elda l............................................ them to have lunch in La Sirena. a - Willl have invited b - Would have invited c - Had invited

195) Indicativo, Subjuntivo e Imperativo son: a - Modos verbales b - Formas del adjetivo c - Tipos de adverbios

196) ¿Qué nombre reciben los siguientes verbos: "to be, to have y to do "?. a - Auxiliares b - Modales c - Ordinarios

197) My wife is........the kitchen. a - In b - On c - At

198) I was .......the station.

Page 397: Apuntes Ingles

414

a - In b - On c - At

199) The water is..........the fridge. a - On b - In c - At

200) The book is ..........the table. a - In b - On c - At

201) My mother is.........home. a - On b - In c - At

202) My house is..............the road to Sax. a - In b - On c - At

203) The football match ................................at 6:00. a - Starts b - Are starting c - Is starting

204) We ....................................some books to the Public Library. a - Are giving b - Gives c - Giving

205) He................................................smoking next year. a - Is give up b - Is giveing up c - Is giving up

206) They ............................... "the cuartelillo ". a - Are clean b - Are cleanig c - Are cleaned

207) I l ike ..........................................fresh air in the mountains. a - Breathes b - Breathing c - Breathed

208) Pleased to meet ............ a - Yours b - Us c - You

209) I ' l l try .............English tea. a - Some

Page 398: Apuntes Ingles

415

b - Many c - Any

210) Don't ...............to him. a - Listened b - Listen c - Listening

211) You must .........it for us. a - Make b - Makes c - Made

212) How long have you ....................learning English? a - Be b - Being c - Been

213) That's .... . . . . . . . . . a - Enough b - Enougher c - Enoughing

214) Teresa's ...........the phone. a - In b - On c - At

215) Please hurry ............. a - Down b - In c - Up

216) How ..............shirts are you going to buy? a - Many b - Much c - Often

217) .........cash. a - In b - On c - At

218) ..............credit card. a - By b - With c - In

219) Shut up and mind your ........business. a - Our b - Ours c - Own

220) The streets ...........decorated. a - Are b - Is

Page 399: Apuntes Ingles

416

c - Will

221) Come ..............about ten o'clock. a - At b - In c - On

222) Let's ..............a good restaurant, I am very hungry. a - Finding b - Found c - Find

223) There has ........a car crash in Juan Carlos I. a - Be b - Was c - Been

224) What ................happened to him, he is very sad. a - Is b - Has c - Have

225) A little boy called Jaime ......been knocked off by a bike. a - Is b - Have c - Has

226) That ........be enough. a - Should b - Can c - Must

227) Thank ......very much. a - You b - Yours c - Youm

228) You'll need it when it gets .......... a - Coldest b - Colder c - Colding

229) I ..........hope you've got everything now, Pepe. a - Did b - Do c - Does

230) I 'm really looking ...............to the concert! a - For b - Forward c - Up

231) Wasn't it worth .................all those cars? a - Washing b - Wash c - Washed

Page 400: Apuntes Ingles

417

232) I intend to get a job ........weekends. a - In b - On c - At

233) I don't mind, .......................the hours are reasonable and the pay is good. a - Long so b - So long as c - As long as

234) It was difficult at first..........to live alone in England. a - Have b - Has c - Having

235) ............all cars here are automatic. a - Nearly b - Near c - Close

236) This is celebrated ......the fourth Thursday of November. a - On b - In c - At

237) Give.............regards to your family. a - Me b - My c - I

238) Everyone ...........paella and ham in Spain. a - Loves b - Love c - Loving

239) It says .......diving! a - Not b - No c - Any

240) I don't mind ............the same clothes everyday. a - Wearing b - Wear c - Weared

241) I 'll bring you a present ........the journey. a - In b - Up c - On

242) I suppose ....... a - As b - So c - So as so

Page 401: Apuntes Ingles

418

243) That is the ............compliment you can pay to a girl like her. a - Great b - Greater c - Greatest

244) José Luis says you are a very good ......... a - Cooker b - Cooking c - Cook

245) 5.900 ...............insurance and unlimited mileage. a - Including b - Includes c - Include

246) ...............interesting! a - What b - What an c - How

247) I was .................sorry that I felt ashamed. a - So b - As c - So as

248) You can ..............a taxi and go sightseeing. a - Spend b - Hire c - Look up for

249) Can I .........a bike? a - Hire b - Spend c - Renting

250) Imagine .........to work in the Sahara. a - Have b - Having c - Has

251) People of your age ............not drink beer. a - Shall b - Will c - Should

252) The place I enjoyed .............was the museum of Moder Art. a - Most b - More c - Little

253) At what time did you .......................to the cinema last night? a - Go b - Went c - Going

254) I play football wi th.........

Page 402: Apuntes Ingles

419

a - He b - Him c - His

255) She is ..................secretary. a - Me b - My c - Mine

256) My wife eats ..................oranges. a - Many b - Little c - So

257) The umbrella is.......... a - He b - Her c - Hers

258) If I could, I ......................go to the cinema with you, darling. a - Went b - Must c - Would

259) Girls, you ......................say those things about your friends. a - Haven't to b - Mustn't c - Mustn

260) Have another chocolate. No, thank you very much indeed, ....................too much. a - I've eaten b - I eaten c - I ate

261) I think my brother ..................to come next month. a - Cans b - Could c - Will be able

262) Mr. Martínez ......................for a loan, but then, he won the lottery. a - Was asking b - Asking c - Askeing

263) That girl is ............................pretty. a - As b - So many c - So

264) How .......................you go to Sax tomorrow? a - Does b - Shall c - Will

265) My daughter hasn't ....................from school yet.

Page 403: Apuntes Ingles

420

a - Comed b - Coming c - Come

266) Haven't you done it ....................? a - Ago b - Yet c - For

267) Manolo, .................go to the disco tonight. a - Let us b - We let's c - We let

268) You have to be much .....................when you use this. a - More careful b - Carefuler c - Carefulest

269) It was nice to see him again. I .........him for ages. a - Haven't seen b - Haven t see c - Saw

270) Those are the ones .................came yesterday. a - Who b - Whom c - Whose

271) It ...........for ages in Almeria. Said the weather forecast yesterday. a - Doesn't rain b - Did rain c - Hasn't rained

272) I was going to write but the computer ...............down. a - Break b - Breaks c - Broke

273) Oscar always ...................tennis a - Play b - Plays c - Is play

274) ......you born in Elda ? a - Had b - Are c - Were

275) Jesús you'd like to go to buy a new computer, .............you? a - Would b - Wouldn't c - May

276) My grandmother died at the .......of 89. a – Age

Page 404: Apuntes Ingles

421

b - Years c - Years of

277) Hey...........a look, Rocio Jurado is there with her husband. a - Have b - Take c - Put

278) Plaza Mayor .......in 1996. a - Was built b - Will be built c - Built

279) What ....................happen if we didn't go to work? a - Will b - Would c - Must

280) The local Council ...........do something about those houses! a - Must to b - Have to c - Must

281) All these children are nice, but ours are ................ a - Niecerest b - Nicer c - Nicest

282) The shop was open this morning. It ...at 4:45. a - Open b - Was open c - Opened

283) It ..............a lot in winter in Bocairente. a - Snows b - Is snowed c - Is snowing

284) We haven't seen the new Harry Potter film ... a - Yet b - Already c - Still

285) It 's late and Juan is ...........in bed. a - Already b - Still c - Yet

286) I think that "The Pillars of the Earth " is .........book I have read in my life. a - The best b - Best than c - The better

287) If I were you, I .............work in that bank anymore. a - Would

Page 405: Apuntes Ingles

422

b - Wouldn't c - Can

288) Come on, boys. We .........win them this time. a - Must b - Have to c - Have

289) She is very pretty but my girlfriend is ........ a - Prettier b - Prettiest c - The pretty

290) I was listening to the news ...........TV when the baby began to scream. a - On b - In c - At

291) This is the boy........father is the President of "The Moros Musulmanes ". a - Whose b - What c - Which

292) I ..........to London since 1993. a - Haven't been b - Haven't gone c - Haven't go

293) She doesn't live in Novelda, ...she? a - Do b - Does c - Doesn't

294) It........rain tomorrow. a - May b - Must c - Can

295) I am .............tall as Paco Cabrera. a - As b - So c - So as

296) This is the restaurant.........we celebrate our anniversary every year. a - Where b - Which c - What

297) We........some money to buy a new fridge. Can we borrow from you? a - Need b - Must c - May

298) What's your new girlfriend like ? a - Very nice b - Very pretty

Page 406: Apuntes Ingles

423

c - Demanding

299) It 's very late and your brother is...... a - Still in bed b - Still in the bed c - Already in bed

300) There is......milk in the fridge. a - No b - Some c - Many

301) .........very nice car is a Mercedes. a - What a b - How c - How a

302) I want you to .................to my party. a - Came b - Coming c - Come

303) She gave him four .........of bread. a - Loafs b - Loaves c - Loavings

304) She had .......money that she didn't know what to do. a - So much b - So many c - So

305) He got married on the ...........of May. a - 3rd b - 3nd c - 3st

306) My uncle has never been to Jamaica. a - Neither has mine b - Neither has me c - Neither has I

307) I never listen to...radio at night. a - A b - The c - -

308) Why don't you eat..........breakfast? a - A b - The c - -

309) Before......lunch we played ATAJOS. a - The b - - c - A

Page 407: Apuntes Ingles

424

310) ...........Vinalopó is the only river we have. a - - b - The c - A

311) .......wine is good if you drink properly. a - - b - The c - A

312) ........wine from Rioja is my favourite. a - - b - The c - A

313) I went to.......hospital to visi t my friend Enrique who had a heart attack. a - The b - - c - A

314) Sarah goes to......church every Sunday with my wife. a - - b - The c - A

315) There is .......which is not very clear in this. a - Something b - Anything c - Nothing

316) The indians had many....... a - Chiefs b - Chieves c - Cifs

317) My favourite.........were a ball and the Scalextrix. a - Toys b - Toyes c - Tois

318) A famous English king had six........ a - Wifes b - Wives c - Wivess

319) The plural of goose is... a - Gooses b - Geese c - Gees

320) .........l ive in Elda. a - Us b - We c - Our

321) La casa de Manoli.

Page 408: Apuntes Ingles

425

a - House's Manoli b - Manoli's house c - The manoli's house

322) El coche de mi amigo. a - The my friend's car b - My friend's car c - Car's my friend

323) La casa de los Torres. a - The Torres' house b - Torres'ss house c - The house of Torres'

324) We were.......the theatre last night. a - In b - On c - At

325) I studied ........don Emilio's school from 1968 to 1975. a - In b - On c - At

326) I met her ..........a lecture. a - On b - In c - At

327) She studied........Oxford. a - On b - At c - Of

328) She lives.....Oxford. a - In b - On c - At

329) Elda is ......the road to Albacete. a - In b - On c - At

330) I live ......the second floor. a - In b - At c - On

331) I was born......Elda. a - On b - In c - At

332) We have a house......the coast. a - In

Page 409: Apuntes Ingles

426

b - On c - At

333) I met her..........the croosroads. a - At b - In c - On

334) We arrived .......France in 1990. a - At b - In c - On

335) We arrived ........Paris in 1991. a - At b - On c - In

336) ......lunch time we drink coke. a - In b - On c - At

337) ......the beginning of the book I didn't like very much. a - In b - On c - At

338) ........first sight I fell in love with her. a - At b - In c - On

339) We became friends.......last. a - In b - On c - At

340) ........Christmas day my family come home. a - In b - On c - At

341) You must be ......time for the plane. a - In b - On c - At

342) Holidays in Spain are.......July to September. a - For b - From c - At

343) All the trains come......Alicante. a - From b - For

Page 410: Apuntes Ingles

427

c - Up

344) We are going .................the cinema tonight. a - At b - To c - In

345) The safest way to travel is.......road. a - On b - In c - By

346) We got.......the bus at 8.00. a - In b - On c - By

347) I go to work........foot. a - In b - On c - By

348) ¿Qué forma verbal expresa intención? a - Going to b - Must c - Need

349) Let.................come. a - Her b - She c - Hers

350) Los advervios de frecuencia se colocan .......del verbo to be. a - Detrás b - Delante c - Cerca

351) The thief........he had robbed all the jewels. a - Adnited b - Admitted c - Admitedd

352) I ................to London in 1987. a - Go b - Went c - Gone

353) She hates....... a - Wash b - Washing c - Washed

354) She never..........lies. a - Says b - Tells c - Speaks

Page 411: Apuntes Ingles

428

355) ........long have you been studying English? a - Where b - How c - What

356) Novelda is.......than Monóvar. a - Far b - Further c - Furthest

357) Pepe is .......rich as Manolo. a - So b - As c - Than

358) ..........does she want? a - Where b - What c - Who

359) .......is this old car? a - Whose b - Who c - Whom

360) .........was that pretty girl who was with you in the Plaza Mayor? a - Who b - Whose c - Whom

361) She play tennis. a - So do she b - So does she c - Does she so

362) Are they.........waiting for the doctor? a - Still b - Yet c - Already

363) I haven't read the book about Garzon...... a - Yet b - Still c - Already

364) I haven't written my Christmas cards...... a - Still b - Yet c - Already

365) How much is two + three? a - Five b - Six c - Seven

366) We have.................magazines and books about Elda.

Page 412: Apuntes Ingles

429

a - A lot b - A lot of c - Lots

367) Good....... a - Ivining b - Evening c - Evenning

368) Thank you very much indeed. -You're....... a - Welcome b - Welcomed c - Welcame

369) .......Christmas Eve we have dinner together. a - In b - At c - On

370) .........way, how is your family? a - In b - By c - Upon

371) You never know........he is happy or sad. a - Whenever b - Wheather c - Whether

372) My factory passed ........the hands of my uncle. a - In b - Into c - To

373) If you ...............worried, tell your mother about it. a - Were b - Are c - Had been

374) If you................earlier tonight, we could go to the cinema. a - Come b - Came c - Comes

375) We never understood......he wanted to say. a - Who b - Which c - What

376) ......mind, I have another one. I will repair it. a - Never b - All c - Both

377) If you work for......you will not have to suffer a boss. a - You

Page 413: Apuntes Ingles

430

b - Yours c - Yourself

378) Many people nowadays live by....... a - Them b - Themselves c - Their

379) We enjoyed ..........in our honeymoon. a - Us b - Ours c - Ourselves

380) My friend Tomás is a .........driver. a - Carefully b - Care c - Careful

381) He is always very......and sends me a Jabugo ham on November the 30th. a - Kindly b - Kaind c - Kind

382) We never speak..........about our friends. a - Badder b - Badly c - Worse

383) ......Lent people many people don't eat meat. a - At b - On c - In

384) In the middle ....................August we organise many BBQs. a - From b - Of c - On

385) People .......the beach should drink water all the time. a - In b - On c - At

386) We ought not to visit her. She........study. a - Has b - Must c - Have

387) I went for a walk........Castelar Square. a - About b - Afloat c - Around

388) ......your mouth close all the time, only answer if the teacher asks you. a - Keep

Page 414: Apuntes Ingles

431

b - To keep c - Keeps

389) My father- in-law arrived...........Alicante airport from Italy yesterday. He went to Lineapelle. a - In b - At c - On

390) I haven't finished........ a - Yet b - Already c - Still

391) If you can't water the plants, I ........do it for you. a - Would b - Will c - Won't

392) All the shoes were........during the shoe fair in Milan. a - Sell b - Sold c - Selling

393) Hallowen is...... a - October 31st b - October 1rd c - October 1nd

394) ........faithfully. a - Your b - Yours c - Yourself

395) Everybody..........to make the beds. a - Has b - Have c - To have

396) There are.......good and bad methods of learning a language. a - All b - Neither c - Both

397) No smoking.........be allowed in all the premises. a - Will b - Shall c - Is to

398) When my mother was young my grandmother ........look after her. a - Used b - Would c - To

399) Why......you want to buy this? if it is of no use. a - Shall

Page 415: Apuntes Ingles

432

b - Will c - Should

400) He........his wife he had had an affair with her best friend. a - Said b - Told c - Spoke

401) He ...........to the waiter that the wine was not very good. a - Told b - Said c - Sayd

402) Life is not easy. You can never..........what is going to happen. a - Say b - Tell c - Knows

403) "It has been the best day of my life "......my sister. a - Told b - Said c - Gueses

404) It goes without........ a - Telling b - Saying c - Explainig

405) ........stupid of him! a - What b - How c - What a

406) I like swimming. -.......too. a - I b - My c - Me

407) ........that Pepe were rich he would not be here. a - Provides b - Provided c - Providing

408) It was.............understood by all the students. a - Easy b - Easily c - Easier that

409) The party was.........planned. a - Wonderfully b - Wonder c - Wonderful

410) I don't think so...... a - Personally b - Personal

Page 416: Apuntes Ingles

433

c - Personaly

411) The man with the moustache and the golden watch........be his father. a - Must b - Can c - Need

412) Do........home now it's very late! a - Go b - To go c - Goed

413) Why .......him about the accident? a - To tell b - Tell c - Telling

414) I went to the disco....... a - To dance b - Dance c - Dancing

415) Is Real Madrid going to win the league?- I think....... a - Such b - So c - Some

416) .......to speak. a - So b - Such c - As

417) She lives ........ a - The fifth floor b - On the fifth floor c - On the fivefth floor

418) English people celebrate ..........................twelve days after Christmas' day. a - Twelfth's night b - Twelve night c - Twelves nights

419) He ...................arrive late yesterday. a - Do b - Does c - Did

420) He has...................away because he was a little bit tired. a - Go b - Went c - Gone

421) Before my daughters were born I visited many....................with my wife. a - Countries

Page 417: Apuntes Ingles

434

b - Countryes c - Cauntries

422) Please.......................on the lights. a - To switch b - Switch c - Switching

423) Don't forget ...............the letters. a - Posted b - To post c - Posts

424) The park is......................the hospital. a - Next b - Next to c - Next about

425) Someone has......................the book from the library. a - Steal b - Stole c - Stolen

426) She is always........................friends. a - Doing b - Made c - Making

427) My daughters..................so much noise! a - Do b - Make c - Making

428) What are you..................? -Just reading the paper. a - Making b - Doing c - Make

429) I have finished the book. - He said .................finished the book. a - He has b - He had c - He having

430) We always arrive............... a - Early b - Earliest c - The earlier

431) My parents work.............. a - Hard b - Harder than c - The hard

432) It .................rain tonight. It is very dark. a - May b - Mays

Page 418: Apuntes Ingles

435

c - Mights

433) At 9.00 am you must say good................... a - Night b - Afternoon c - Morning

434) American people often say..................instead of bye a - So long b - So long as c - As by

435) We eat ...............fish. a - Many b - Much c - Few

436) I smoke..........................cigarettes than before. a - Few b - Fewerst c - Fewer

437) ....................wife's name is Inma. a - I b - Me c - My

438) They said he was a ...................teacher. a - Bored b - Boring c - Borerst

439) I was .....................because the film was boring. a - Boring b - Borest c - Bored

440) In a couple of hours the factory was......... a - Ablaze b - Ablase c - Ablasing

441) He always says that ll the Chinese look.................. a - Like b - Alike c - Likes

442) His .....................brother works in Perú. a - Elder b - Old c - Older

443) Sometimes she drives me............. a - Madder b - Mad c - Madest

Page 419: Apuntes Ingles

436

444) Many peole are....................during the Moors and Christians Festivities. a - Drink b - Drank c - Drunk

445) The....................age of pop was the 60s. a - Gold b - Golgind c - Golden

446) I have decided .................a new bike. a - Buying b - Buy c - To buy

447) They deserve.......................treated better. a - Be b - To be c - Being

448) You had better...........................the car now. Next year the prices will go up. a - To buy b - Buy c - Buying

449) Yo must avoid........................to him. a - Speaking b - To speak c - Speak

450) I don't mind..........................to wait. a - To have b - Having c - Have

451) ¿Qué clase de conjunción es "so "? a - Consecutiva b - Copulativa c - Adversativa

452) ¿Qué clase de conjunciónes son "if, unless, as long as, provided that "? a - Condicionales b - Causales c - Finales

453) ¿Cómo se llaman las palabrass que llevan acento? a - Átonas b - Tónicas c - Agudas

454) ¿Cómo se llaman las palabras que no llevan acento? a - Átonas b - Llanas

Page 420: Apuntes Ingles

437

c - Esdrújulas

455) ¿Cómo se llaman las palabras que llevan el acento en la última si laba? a - Agúda b - Llana c - Esdrújula

456) ¿Cómo se denominan a los verbos ser y estar? a - Transitivos b - Copulativos c - Modales

457) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Paul b - John c - Four

458) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Had b - Head c - Said

459) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Pen b - Bed c - Pan

460) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - At b - Art c - Hat

461) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Pat b - Match c - Part

462) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Shop b - Sport c - Fox

463) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Full b - Fool c - Pull

464) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Bat b - But c - Cup

465) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Run b - Rung

Page 421: Apuntes Ingles

438

c - Sank

466) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Heard b - Turn c - Debt

467) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Place b - Plays c - Prize

468) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Bus b - Once c - Buzz

469) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Seat b - Sell c - Shell

470) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Thin b - Sin c - Thing

471) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Ham b - Hum c - Bun

472) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Was b - Wash c - Ship

473) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Swan b - Bald c - Ball

474) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Want b - Wallet c - Salt

475) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Scar b - Party c - Dollar

476) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Daughter b - Fault c - Because

Page 422: Apuntes Ingles

439

477) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Beans b - Bread c - Dead

478) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Dry b - Big c - City

479) ¿Qué palabra tiene un sonido diferente? a - Bore b - Canoe c - Shoe

480) Yes, they........interesting books. a - Is b - Are c - Am

481) I...........a teacher. a - Is b - Am c - Are

482) You.........the limit. a - Are b - Is c - Am

483) I .................... tal l . a - Is b - Am c - Are

484) Horacio ......in Elche. a - Am b - Is c - Are

485) I.........in the classroom. a - Am b - Is c - Are

486) You.....................tall. a - Is b - Are c - Am

487) Tres. a - Zrui b - Tree c - Three

488) Cinco.

Page 423: Apuntes Ingles

440

a - Faif b - Five c - Fife

489) Diez. a - Tenn b - Tent c - Ten

490) Trece. a - Thirten b - Therteen c - Thirteen

491) Dieciséis. a - Sixten b - Sisteen c - Sixteen

492) Diecisiete. a - Seventeen b - Seventen c - Seveteen

493) Madre. a - Sister b - Daugher c - Mother

494) Abuelo. a - Father in law b - Grandfather c - Granparentes

495) Abuela. a - Motherold b - Grandmother c - Mother inlaw

496) Hija. a - Daughter b - Sister c - Mother

497) Pariente. a - Relative b - Parent c - Parenting

498) Chaleco. a - Coat b - Waistcoat c - Tie

499) Vaqueros. a - Jins

Page 424: Apuntes Ingles

441

b - Jeans c - Troussers

500) Macarena lives........Ronda. a - In b - On c - At

Page 425: Apuntes Ingles

442

Soluciones 1. A 2. B 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. A 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. A 11. A 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. A 18. C 19. A 20. B 21. B 22. A 23. B 24. A 25. B 26. C 27. B 28. A 29. A 30. B 31. B 32. B 33. A 34. C 35. B 36. B 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. A 41. A 42. B 43. A 44. A 45. A 46. B 47. A 48. B 49. A 50. A 51. B 52. A 53. C 54. C 55. C 56. A 57. C 58. B 59. C 60. A 61. A 62. C 63. B 64. C 65. A 66. C 67. C 68. C 69. B 70. B 71. B 72. C 73. C 74. C 75. B 76. B 77. B 78. A 79. B 80. A 81. B 82. A 83. B 84. B 85. A 86. B 87. A 88. B 89. A 90. A 91. B 92. A 93. B 94. B 95. B 96. A 97. C 98. B 99. A 100. A 101. B 102. A 103. B 104. B 105. A 106. A 107. A 108. A 109. A 110. A 111. A 112. A 113. A 114. B 115. C 116. C 117. A 118. A 119. A 120. C 121. B 122. B 123. C 124. C 125. C 126. C 127. B 128. C 129. A 130. B 131. C 132. A 133. C 134. A 135. B 136. C 137. C 138. A 139. A 140. A 141. B 142. B 143. C 144. A 145. C 146. B 147. A 148. B 149. C 150. B 151. C 152. A 153. B 154. B 155. A 156. B 157. A 158. C 159. A 160. C 161. C 162. C 163. A 164. A 165. C 166. B 167. C 168. B 169. C 170. A 171. A 172. C 173. B 174. C 175. A 176. B 177. A 178. B 179. B 180. B 181. C 182. B 183. A 184. C 185. B 186. C 187. C 188. A 189. B 190. C 191. C 192. B 193. C 194. B 195. A 196. A 197. A 198. C 199. B 200. B 201. C 202. B 203. A 204. A 205. C 206. B 207. B 208. C 209. A 210. B 211. A 212. C 213. A 214. B 215. C 216. A 217. A 218. A 219. C 220. A 221. A 222. C 223. C 224. B 225. C 226. A 227. A 228. B 229. B 230. B 231. A 232. B 233. B 234. C 235. A 236. A 237. B 238. A 239. B 240. A 241. C 242. B 243. C 244. C 245. A 246. C 247. A 248. B 249. A 250. B 251. C 252. A 253. A 254. B 255. B 256. A 257. C 258. C 259. B 260. A 261. C 262. A 263. C 264. C 265. C 266. B 267. A 268. A 269. A 270. A 271. C 272. C 273. B 274. C 275. B 276. A 277. A 278. A 279. B 280. C 281. B 282. C 283. A 284. A 285. B 286. A 287. B 288. A 289. A 290. A 291. A 292. A 293. B 294. A 295. A 296. A 297. A 298. B 299. A 300. A 301. A 302. C 303. A 304. A 305. A 306. A 307. B 308. C 309. B 310. B 311. A 312. B 313. A 314. A 315. A 316. A 317. A 318. B 319. B 320. B 321. B 322. B 323. A 324. C 325. C 326. C 327. B 328. A 329. B 330. C 331. B 332. B 333. A 334. B 335. C 336. C 337. C 338. A 339. C 340. B 341. A 342. B 343. A 344. B 345. C 346. B 347. B 348. A 349. A 350. A 351. B 352. B 353. B 354. B 355. B 356. B 357. B 358. B 359. A 360. A 361. B 362. A 363. A 364. B 365. A 366. B 367. B 368. A 369. C 370. B 371. C 372. B 373. B 374. B 375. C 376. A 377. C 378. B 379. C 380. C 381. C 382. B 383. A 384. B 385. B 386. B 387. C 388. A 389. B 390. A 391. B 392. B 393. A 394. B 395. A 396. C 397. B 398. B 399. C 400. B 401. B 402. B 403. B 404. B 405. B 406. C 407. B 408. B 409. A 410. A 411. A 412. A 413. B 414. A 415. B 416. A 417. B 418. A 419. C 420. C 421. A 422. B 423. B 424. B 425. C 426. C 427. B 428. B 429. B 430. A 431. A 432. A 433. C 434. A 435. B 436. C 437. C 438. B 439. C 440. A 441. B 442. A 443. B 444. C 445. C 446. C 447. B 448. B 449. A 450. B 451. A 452. A 453. B 454. 455. A 456. B 457. B 458. A 459. C 460. B 461. C 462. B 463. B 464. A 465. C 466. C 467. A 468. C 469. C 470. C 471. A 472. A 473. A 474. C 475. C 476. C 477. A 478. A 479. A 480. B 481. B 482. A 483. B 484. B 485. A 486. B 487. C 488. B 489. C 490. C 491. C 492. A 493. C 494. B 495. B 496. A 497. A 498. B 499. B 500. A